Xerox Printer 3315 DN User Manual

Version 1.1  
December 2013  
®
Xerox WorkCentre™  
3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
General Care and Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29  
Using the Layout Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39  
Macintosh Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58  
Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
Fax Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78  
Using Fax Send Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Fax from PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90  
Printing using Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94  
Printing using Linux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120  
Printing from USB Memory Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128  
Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141  
Setting Paper Size and Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148  
Feature Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159  
Print Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165  
4
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178  
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188  
Electrical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227  
Energy Program Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251  
Index  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting Started  
1
This chapter includes:  
Machine Overview on page 8  
Powering on the Machine on page 11  
Control Panel Overview on page 12  
Software on page 16  
Loading Paper on page 18  
Loading Documents on page 22  
Media Output Locations on page 23  
Machine Status on page 25  
General Care and Consumables on page 29  
Further Assistance on page 30  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Machine Overview  
Machine Overview  
Before you use your machine, take some time to familiarize yourself with the various features and  
options.  
Front View  
1
2
17  
14  
3
18  
4
13  
12  
15  
1
9
11  
5
16  
6
10  
7
9
8
8
Automatic Document Feeder Cover  
Automatic Document Feeder Width Guides  
Automatic Document Feeder Input Tray  
Automatic Document Feeder Output Tray  
Front Cover  
Bypass Tray  
Output Tray  
1
2
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
Control Panel  
3
Bypass Tray Extension  
Bypass Tray Width Guides  
Output Tray Support  
Document Glass Cover  
Document Glass  
4
5
Control Board Cover  
6
Handle  
7
Paper Level Indicator  
8
Paper Tray 2 (Optional)  
Paper Tray 1  
USB Memory Device Port  
9
10  
8
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                         
Machine Overview  
Rear View  
9
1
8
2
3  
4
7
5
6
Network Port  
Rear Door  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
IEEE 1284 Parallel Connector (Optional)  
Power Switch  
Paper Tray Rear Cover  
Telephone Line Socket  
Power Receptacle  
Duplex Unit  
Extension Telephone Socket  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
Machine Overview  
Product Configurations  
Component  
WorkCentre  
3325DNI  
WorkCentre  
3325DN  
WorkCentre  
3315DN  
Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (50  
sheets)  
Standard  
Standard  
Not Applicable  
Automatic Document Feeder (50 sheets)  
Paper Tray 1 (250 sheets)  
Bypass Tray (50 sheets)  
Paper Tray 2 (520 sheets)  
Copy  
Not Applicable  
Standard  
Standard  
Optional  
Standard  
Standard  
Standard  
Standard  
Standard  
Standard  
Standard  
Standard  
512MB  
Not Applicable  
Standard  
Standard  
Optional  
Standard  
Standard  
Standard  
Standard  
Standard  
Standard  
Standard  
Standard  
512MB  
Standard  
Standard  
Standard  
Optional  
Standard  
Scan to SMB and FTP  
Network Printing  
Not Applicable  
Standard  
E-mail  
Standard  
Scan  
Standard  
Scan To and Print From USB  
Embedded Fax  
Standard  
Standard  
USB Memory Device Port  
Memory Expansion (Option)  
Mass Storage Device (HDD)  
Wireless Enabled  
Standard  
256MB  
2GB  
2GB  
Not applicable  
Not Applicable  
Standard  
Not Applicable  
Note: The internal Mass Storage Device (HDD) is used on the WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI  
models to support Secure Print, Delayed Print, Proof Print, Spooling of Scan to FTP/SMB jobs and  
Stored Jobs, and to provide an increased capacity for downloaded fonts.  
10  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Powering on the Machine  
Powering on the Machine  
The On/Off switch and the power cable socket are at the rear of the machine.  
1
1. Connect the AC Power Cord  
to the machine and a  
power outlet. The power cord must be plugged into a  
grounded power socket.  
2. Press the ON/OFF  
switch to the ON (I) position.  
2
2
Power Save  
1
This machine contains advanced energy conservation  
technology that reduces power consumption when it is not in  
active use.  
When the printer does not receive data for an extended  
period of time, the Power Save mode becomes active and power consumption is automatically  
lowered.  
Press the Power Save button to select the Power Save mode immediately.  
To restore the machine to a normal state, press any button.  
Note: When in Power Save mode, the machine will not recognize when a USB Memory Device is  
inserted into the USB port. Press any button to restore the machine to a normal state and reinsert  
the USB Memory Device into the port.  
Powering off the Machine  
There are two ways to switch the machine off:  
Press the ON/OFF switch to the (O) position.  
Press the Power Save button and select Power Down and then OK.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Control Panel Overview  
Control Panel Overview  
12 15  
16  
9
1
2
3
4
22  
10  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
13  
5
6
.com  
23  
7
8
11  
14  
24  
.
Copy: Activates Copy mode.  
Scan: Activates Scan mode.  
1
2
3
E-mail: Activates E-mail mode.  
Fax: Activates Fax mode.  
4
5
6
7
Display Screen: Displays all the available programming features, plus general machine  
information.  
Status / Wireless LED: The color of the LEDs indicates the machine’s current status. For  
more information refer to Status / Wireless LED on page 188. (3325DNI only)  
Paper Supply: Used to select a paper tray for the Copy job.  
2 Sided: Used to select whether your originals are 1 sided or 2 sided, or to produce 1 or 2  
8
9
sided output.  
Job Status: Displays job options for active and saved jobs. You can print or delete active  
jobs or saved jobs.  
Machine Status: Accesses machine information, status information, the machine serial  
number and various reports to print.  
10  
Menu: Enters Menu Mode and enables you to access options and settings.  
11  
12  
13  
Arrows: The up/down and left/right arrows are used to scroll through the options available  
in the selected menu, and to increase or decrease values.  
OK: Confirms the selection on the screen.  
12  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Control Panel Overview  
Back: Used to go back one level in the menu.  
14  
15  
Address Book: Used to search for stored fax numbers or e-mail addresses.  
Manual Dial + .com: In Fax mode, opens the fax line. In E-mail mode provides access to  
commonly used e-mail address text, for example .com or .org. The text available can be  
customized using CentreWare Internet Services.  
16  
Keypad: Used to enter alphanumeric characters.  
17  
18  
Pause / Redial: In standby mode redials the last number. In edit mode inserts a pause into  
a fax number.  
‘C’ Cancel Entry: Cancels the previous entry made on the keypad.  
19  
20  
Interrupt Printing: Interrupts the current job to run a more urgent job.  
(Not applicable to the 3315DN)  
Clear All: Clears the last selections made.  
21  
22  
Power Save: Sends the machine into Power Save mode or Power Down. Press the button  
again to restart a powered off machine.  
Stop: Pressing the Stop button stops the job in progress. Pressing Stop also exits the Menu  
Mode. If you have logged in to use the machine, pressing Stop will bring up the Log Out  
option.  
23  
24  
Start: Activates a job.  
Using the Keypad  
As you perform various tasks, you may need to enter names and numbers. For example, when you set  
up your machine, you enter your name or your company’s name, and the fax number. When you store  
fax numbers or e-mail addresses in memory, you may also enter the corresponding names.  
1. When you are prompted to enter a letter, locate  
the button labeled with the character you want.  
Press the button until the correct letter appears  
on the display.  
.com  
For example, to enter the letter O, press 6,  
labeled with MNO.  
Each time you press 6, the display shows a  
2. You can enter special characters, such as @ / . & +  
-. Refer to Keypad Characters on page 14.  
3. To enter additional letters, repeat step 1. If the next letter is printed on the same button wait 2  
seconds between presses, or move the cursor by pressing the right arrow and then press the button  
again. The cursor will move to the right and the next letter will appear on the display.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                       
Control Panel Overview  
If you make a mistake while entering a number or name, press the left arrow to delete the last  
digit or character. Then enter the correct number or character.  
4. When you have finished entering all characters, press OK.  
Keypad Characters  
Key  
Assigned Numbers, Letters or Characters  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
*
@ / . ‘ 1  
A B C a b c 2  
D E F d e f 3  
G H I g h i 4  
J K L j k l 5  
M N O m n o 6  
P Q R S p q r s 7  
T U V t u v 8  
W X Y Z w x y z 9  
& + - , 0 _  
*
#
#
Inserting a Pause  
With some telephone systems, you must dial an  
access code (9, for example) and listen for a second  
dial tone. In such cases, you must insert a pause in the  
telephone number. You can insert a pause while you  
are setting up speed dial numbers.  
To insert a pause, press Pause / Redial at the  
appropriate place while entering the telephone  
number. A dash [ - ] appears on the display at the  
corresponding location.  
14  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Control Panel Overview  
Menu Overview  
The control panel provides access to various menus. These menus can be accessed by pressing the  
appropriate service button e.g. Copy, Scan, E-mail or Fax and the Menu button or by inserting a USB  
device. The menu options available are as follows:  
InsertUSB  
Device  
Job  
Status  
Menu  
Scan  
Menu  
E-mail  
Menu  
Machine  
Status Menu  
Copy Menu  
Fax Menu  
Menu  
Original Size  
Reduce/Enlarge  
Lighten/Darken  
Contrast  
Original Type  
Layout  
Background  
Suppression  
Margin Shift  
Edge Erase  
Original  
Size  
Original  
Type  
Resolution  
Output  
Color  
Lighten /  
Darken  
Contrast  
Lighten /  
Darken  
Contrast  
Resolution  
Original  
Size  
Multi Send  
Delay Send  
Priority  
Send  
Forward  
Secure  
Receive  
Machine  
Information  
Toner Level  
Information  
Pages  
Active  
Jobs  
Saved  
Jobs  
USB  
Options:  
Scan To:  
USB  
Print  
Local PC  
Network  
PC  
From USB  
Scan To  
USB  
Manage  
Files  
Feature  
SMB  
FTP  
WSD  
Defaults  
Print Setup  
Fax Setup  
System  
Setup  
Network  
Settings  
Available  
Space  
Scan  
Features:  
USB  
Feature  
FTP  
Feature  
SMB  
Local Drive  
Feature  
Note: Some menu options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration and  
whether the machine is in the Ready state. Also, for some services such as E-mail and Fax,  
additional selections or setups may be required before the Menu options can be accessed.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Software  
Software  
After you have set up your machine and connected it to your computer, you must install the printer  
and scanner software. The software required for Windows or Macintosh is supplied on the CD delivered  
with your machine, additional software can be downloaded from www.xerox.com. The following  
software is available:  
CD  
OS  
Contents  
Printer  
Software  
Windows  
Printer Driver: Use the printer driver to take full advantage of your  
printer’s features. PCL6, Postscript and XPS drivers are provided.  
MFP PC Fax: Use to fax directly from your PC.  
Scanner Driver: TWAIN and Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) drivers  
are available for scanning documents on your machine.  
Xerox Scan Assistant: Used to adjust scan settings and start the  
scanning process directly from your computer. The preview window  
allows you to view the scan and make adjustments as necessary and  
preferred settings can be preserved as ‘favorites’ and added to a  
pre-defined list.  
Xerox Easy Print Manager (EPM): Conveniently combines access to  
device settings, printing/scanning environments, settings/actions, Scan  
to PC, Fax to PC, and launching applications such as Xerox Scan  
Assistant and CentreWare Internet Services in one location.  
Note: Login is required to change Printer Settings.  
Wireless Setting Program: When installing the WorkCentre 3325DNI  
you can use the Wireless Setting program that was automatically  
installed with the printer driver to configure the wireless settings.  
SetIP program: A utility program allowing you to select a network  
interface and manually configure the addresses for use with the TCP/IP  
protocol.  
Printer  
Software  
Linux  
Printer Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your printer’s  
features.  
Scanner Driver: A SANE driver is available for scanning documents on  
your machine.  
Note: Linux software is available on xerox.com only.  
16  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Software  
CD  
OS  
Contents  
Printer  
Software  
Unix  
Printer Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your printer’s  
features.  
Note: Unix software is available on xerox.com only.  
Printer  
Software CD  
Macintosh  
Printer Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your printer’s  
features.  
Scanner Driver: A TWAIN driver is available for scanning documents on  
your machine.  
SetIP program: A utility program allowing you to select a network  
interface and manually configure the addresses for use with the TCP/IP  
protocol.  
Smart Panel: This utility enables remote management, displaying toner  
levels, printer status, and problem alerts.  
Scan and Fax Manager: This utility allows you to configure MFP PC Fax  
and Scan settings.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading Paper  
Loading Paper  
Paper Tray 1 and Paper Tray 2 (optional)  
The paper level indicator on the front of trays 1 and 2 shows  
the amount of paper currently left in the tray. When the tray  
is empty, the indicator is completely lowered as shown in the  
1
2
illustration:  
shows full,  
shows empty. Paper tray 1  
hold up to 520 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m2) paper. For more  
media specifications, refer to Media Specifications on  
page 225.  
1
2
To load the paper:  
1. Pull out the paper tray and load paper into the tray, print  
side down. Do not fill above the Maximum Fill line  
indicated by the symbol  
.
2. Slide the paper length guide until it lightly touches the  
end of the paper stack.  
18  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Loading Paper  
3. Position the side guide by squeezing the lever and sliding  
it towards the stack of paper, until it gently touches the  
side of the stack.  
4. Insert the paper tray into the machine.  
5. After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size  
and type using the control panel. Press OK to confirm the  
settings or Stop to change the settings. These settings  
will apply to Copy and Fax modes.  
6. When printing from your computer, ensure you press the  
Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,  
color and type. Not confirming the paper details may  
the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to  
Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.  
Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your computer override the settings on the  
control panel.  
For more information on loading paper, refer to Paper and Media on page 143.  
Bypass Tray  
The bypass tray is located on the front of your machine. It can be closed when not in use, making the  
product more compact. Use the bypass tray to print transparencies, labels, envelopes or postcards in  
addition to making quick runs of paper types or sizes that are not currently loaded in the main paper  
tray.  
The bypass tray can hold a maximum of 50 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond paper, 5 transparency  
sheets or 5 envelopes.  
1
1. Lower the bypass tray  
extension  
and unfold the paper support  
.
2
2. Prepare a stack of paper for loading by flexing or fanning  
it back and forth. Straighten the edges on a level surface.  
Remove any curl on postcards, envelopes and labels  
before loading them into the bypass tray.  
2
necessary to use the rear door for the output. For further  
information refer to Media Output Locations on page 23.  
3. Load the print material between the width guides with  
the print side facing up.  
1
Note: Hold transparencies by the edges and avoid  
touching the print side.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading Paper  
4. Adjust the paper guide to the width of the stack of print  
material. Ensure you have not loaded too much print  
media. The stack should be below the Maximum Fill line  
indicated by the symbol  
.
5. When printing from your computer, ensure you press the  
Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,  
color and type. Not confirming the paper details may  
the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to  
Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.  
Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your  
computer override the settings on the control panel.  
6. After printing, remove any unfed paper and close the  
bypass tray.  
Duplex Unit  
The duplex unit is preset to either Letter size or A4 depending on your country. To change the size of  
the duplex unit, follow the instructions below.  
1. Pull the duplex unit out of the machine.  
2. Adjust the guides to match the size of paper you will be  
using.  
A4  
20  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading Paper  
3. Insert the duplex unit back into the machine, aligning  
the edges of the unit with the feed grooves on the inside  
of the machine. Make sure the duplex unit is fully pushed  
in.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading Documents  
Loading Documents  
Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.  
Automatic Document Feeder  
The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 50 originals of 20 lb (80 g/m²) thickness.  
1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray  
of the automatic document feeder with the top of the  
document to the left of the tray.  
2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the  
document.  
Document Glass  
The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and  
magazines.  
1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single  
documents face down on the document glass aligned  
with the rear left corner.  
2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11” or A4. For other  
sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer  
to Copy Options on page 36 for further information.  
Note: Documents are only scanned once even when  
several copies are selected.  
22  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Media Output Locations  
Media Output Locations  
The machine has two output locations:  
1
Output tray (face down)  
up to a maximum of 150  
sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) paper.  
1
Rear door (face up)  
one sheet at a time.  
2
2
The machine sends output to the output tray by default. If special media such as envelopes print out  
with wrinkles, curl, creases or black bold lines, the rear door should be used for the output. Open the  
rear door and keep it open while printing one sheet at a time.  
Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door  
open will cause paper jams.  
Using the Output Tray  
The output tray collects printed paper face down, in the order in which the sheets were printed. The  
output tray should be used for most jobs. When the output tray is full, a message displays on the  
control panel.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Media Output Locations  
To use the output tray, make sure that the rear door is closed.  
Notes:  
If paper coming out of the output tray has problems, such as excessive curl, try printing  
to the rear door.  
To reduce paper jams, do not open or close the rear door while the printer is printing.  
Using the Rear Door  
When using the rear door, paper comes out of the machine  
face up. Printing from the bypass tray to the rear door  
provides a straight paper path and might improve the output  
quality when printing on special media. Whenever the rear  
door is open, the output is delivered there.  
Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex  
jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door open will cause  
paper jams.  
CAUTION: The fuser area inside the rear door of your  
machine becomes very hot when in use. Take care when  
you access this area.  
24  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Machine Status  
Machine Status  
The Machine Status button provides information about the machine and access to the machine  
setups. After your machine is installed, it is recommended that the settings and options are customized  
by the System Administrator to fully meet the requirements of the Users. Access to these options is  
usually password protected. Please discuss your requirements with your System or Machine  
Administrator to ensure you get optimum performance from your machine.  
The Machine Status options include machine information, toner level, information pages, feature  
defaults, system setups and network settings. These options are described below.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
Machine Information  
Use this option to access the following information:  
Model  
Printer Name  
DNS Name  
IP Address  
IPv6 Address  
Serial Number  
Activation Date  
Billing Counters  
Toner Level  
Use this option to check the level of toner in the print cartridge. The toner level is indicated on the  
status bar.  
Information Pages  
This option allows the user to print the following reports:  
Report  
Description  
Menu Map  
All Reports  
Prints the menu map which shows the layout and current settings of this  
machine.  
This option enables you to print all the reports and information pages.  
Configuration  
This report provides information about your machine setup, including  
the serial number, IP Address, installed options and the software  
version.  
Demo Page  
The demo page is printed to check the quality of the print.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Machine Status  
Report  
Description  
Supplies Info  
Address Book  
Prints the supplies information page.  
This list shows all of the Fax and E-mail addresses currently stored in the  
machine’s memory.  
Fax Send  
This report shows the fax number, the number of pages, the elapsed  
time of the job, the communication mode, and the communication  
results for a particular Fax job.  
Note: You can set up your machine to automatically print a Send Report  
after each Fax job. (See Fax Setup on page 166.)  
Fax Sent  
This report shows information on the faxes you have recently sent.  
Note: You can set the machine to automatically print this report every  
50 communications. (See Auto Report on page 169.)  
E-mail Sent  
This report shows information on the e-mails you have recently sent.  
This report shows information on the faxes you have recently received.  
Fax Received  
Scheduled Job  
This list shows the documents currently stored for delayed faxing along  
with the start time and type of each operation.  
Junk Fax  
This list shows the fax numbers specified as junk fax numbers. To add or  
delete numbers, access the Junk Fax Setup menu. (See Fax Setup on  
page 166.)  
Network Configuration  
This list shows information about your machine’s network connection  
and configuration.  
User Auth.  
PCL Font  
This list shows users who are authorized to use the e-mail function.  
Prints the PCL font list.  
PS Font  
Prints the PS font list.  
EPSON Font  
Stored Jobs  
Prints the EPSON font list.  
Prints jobs currently stored on the optional memory or HDD within the  
machine.  
Completed Jobs  
Net User Auth.  
Prints a list of completed jobs.  
Prints users and their IDs who logged into the Domain.  
Usage Counter  
This list shows the number of impressions made on the machine. The list  
includes:  
Total Impressions  
Black Impressions  
Maint. Impressions  
Sheets  
2 Sided Sheets  
Fax Options  
Prints fax setup information.  
26  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Machine Status  
Feature Defaults  
Your machine provides default settings for Copy, Scan, E-mail and Fax so that you can quickly and  
easily make selections for your job. The default selections can be changed by selecting the Machine  
Status button on the control panel and the down arrow to select Feature Defaults. A password may be  
required to access and change the System Setup settings.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
Copy Defaults  
The default selections for the Copy options including Original size, Quantity, Collation, Reduce/Enlarge,  
Lighten/Darken, Contrast and Original Type can be set to those most frequently used. When you copy a  
document, the default settings are used unless they have been changed for the current job. Once the  
current job is complete the settings return to the default settings. A password may be required to  
access and change the default settings.  
Scan Defaults  
The default selections for the Scan options including Original Size, Original Type, Resolution, Output  
Color, File Format, Lighten/Darken and Contrast, can be set to those most frequently used for the Scan  
to USB, Scan to FTP and Scan to SMB options. When you scan a document, the default settings are  
used unless they have been changed for the current job. A password may be required to access and  
change the default settings.  
E-mail Defaults  
The default selections for the E-mail options, including Original Size, Original Type, Resolution, Output  
Color, File Format, Lighten/Darken and Contrast can be set to those most frequently used. When you  
e-mail a document, the default settings are used unless they have been changed for the current job.  
Once the current job is complete the settings return to the default settings. A password may be  
required to access and change the default settings.  
Fax Setup  
Your machine provides you with various user-selectable options for setting up the fax system. You can  
change the default settings for your preferences and needs. Receiving and Sending settings can be  
customized. A password may be required to access and change the Fax Setup settings.  
Print Setup  
You can change the default settings for various options within the print environment to meet your  
preferences and needs. A password may be required to access and change the Print Setup settings.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Machine Status  
System Setup  
System Setup options enable you to customize settings which are specific to the machine, such as Date  
& Time and Power Save. A password may be required to access and change the System Setup settings.  
Network Settings  
You may set up the network using the machine's display screen. Before doing that, you must have the  
relevant information concerning the type of network protocols and computer system you use. If you  
are not sure which setting to use, contact your System Administrator to configure this machine on the  
network. A password may be required to access and change the Network Settings.  
Local Drive (WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI only)  
Enables a location on the machine’s hard drive to be set up for stored scan, print and fax jobs.  
Note: For full instructions on accessing and customizing the machine settings, refer to Machine  
Status and Setups on page 153.  
28  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
General Care and Consumables  
General Care and Consumables  
There is only one customer replaceable consumable in the machine, the print cartridge.To place an  
order for Xerox consumables, please contact your local Xerox Representative giving your Company  
Name, product number and the machine serial number. Supplies can also be ordered from  
www.xerox.com, refer to Support on page 142 for further information.  
The machine serial number can be displayed by pressing the Machine Status button, then highlighting  
Machine Information and pressing OK. For further information about locating the serial number,  
please refer to Locating the Serial Number on page 221.  
Print Cartridge  
To avoid print quality problems resulting from worn parts and  
to maintain your machine in top working condition, the print  
cartridge will need to be replaced after printing the specified  
number of pages or when the life span of the cartridge has  
expired.  
The machine will display a message when the print cartridge  
needs to be replaced. Only replace the cartridge when a  
message instructs you to do so or when instructed by a Xerox  
representative. To replace the print cartridge, follow the  
instructions provided within this guide or with the  
consumable.  
To replace the print cartridge, refer to General Care and  
Troubleshooting on page 181. To purchase a new print  
cartridge, contact your local Xerox representative or authorized dealer. Supplies can also be ordered  
from www.xerox.com, refer to Support on page 142 for further information.  
Cleaning Tasks  
Performing regular cleaning activities ensures the machine is kept free of dust and debris. The machine  
covers, control panel and automatic document feeder should all be cleaned using a soft lint-free cloth,  
lightly dampened with water. Xerox Cleaning Fluid or Anti-Static Cleaner can be used to clean the  
document glass, but must be applied using a cloth and not poured directly on the document glass.  
Remove any residue with a clean cloth or paper towel.  
For further information on maintenance tasks, refer to General Care and Troubleshooting on page 181.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Further Assistance  
Further Assistance  
For any additional help visit our customer web site at www.xerox.com or contact the Xerox Support  
Center quoting the machine serial number.  
Xerox Support Center  
If a fault cannot be resolved by following the display instructions, check Error Messages on page 198. If  
the difficulty persists, contact the Xerox Support Center. The Xerox Support Center will want to know  
the nature of the problem, the machine serial number, the fault code (if any) plus the name and  
location of your company.  
For information about locating the serial number, please refer to Locating the Serial Number on  
page 221.  
Documentation  
Most answers to your questions will be provided by the documentation that is supplied on CD with the  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI. Alternatively you can access the documents from  
www.xerox.com/support.  
Install Guide - contains information about installing the machine.  
Quick Use Guide - provides basic information on how to use the machine.  
User Guide (this document) - contains instructions and information about all the features on the  
machine.  
System Administration Guide - provides detailed instructions and information about connecting  
your machine to the network and installing optional features.  
30  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Copy  
2
This chapter includes:  
Copy Procedure on page 32  
Copy Options on page 36  
Using the Layout Options on page 39  
Media Output Locations on page 43  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Copy Procedure  
Copy Procedure  
This section describes the basic procedure for making copies:  
Loading Documents on page 32  
Select the Features on page 33  
Enter the Quantity on page 34  
Start the Job on page 34  
Check the Job Status on page 35  
Stop the Copy Job on page 35  
If an authentication feature is enabled, you may need an account before using the machine. To get an  
account, or for more information, contact your System Administrator.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
Loading Documents  
Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.  
Automatic Document Feeder  
The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 50 originals of 20 lb (80 g/m²) thickness.  
1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray  
of the automatic document feeder with the top of the  
document to the left of the tray.  
2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the  
document.  
32  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Copy Procedure  
Document Glass  
The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and  
magazines.  
1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single  
documents face down on the document glass aligned  
with the rear left corner.  
2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11” or A4. For other  
sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer  
to Copy Options on page 36 for further information.  
Note: Documents are only scanned once even when  
several copies are selected.  
Select the Features  
Various features can be selected for your Copy job. The paper and 2 sided options are selected from  
buttons on the control panel. Additional Copy options are available through the Menu button. Once  
you have made a selection, press Back to return to the Ready screen.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
1. Press the Copy button on the control panel.  
2. Press the Paper Supply button on the control  
panel:  
Auto Select: With this option selected, the  
machine chooses the correct paper for the  
Copy job based on the size of the originals  
being scanned.  
Tray 1: Use this option to select the paper  
loaded in Tray 1.  
Tray 2: Use this option to select the paper loaded in Tray 2.  
Note: Tray 1 can hold 250 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) paper and the optional tray 2 can hold 520  
sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) paper. Weight ranges from 16 - 43 lbs bond (60 - 163 g/m²). Sizes range  
from 105 x 148 mm to 216 x 356 mm (A6 to Legal).  
Bypass Tray: Use this option when feeding individual types of stock, for example letterhead  
or labels for one-off jobs.  
Note: The bypass tray holds up to 50 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) paper or up to 5 transparency  
sheets or up to 5 envelopes. Weight ranges from 16 - 58 lbs bond (60 - 220 g/m²). Sizes range from  
76 x 127 mm (custom) to 216 x 356 mm (Legal).  
Select the Paper Supply option required using the up/down arrows and press OK.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Copy Procedure  
For more information, refer to Paper and Media on page 143.  
3. Press the 2 Sided button on the control panel. Two-sided copies can be made automatically from  
one or two-sided originals:  
1
1
1
1 Sided: Use this option for 1 sided originals when 1 sided copies are required.  
2 Sided: Use this option for 1 sided originals when 2 sided copies are required.  
2 Sided, Rotate Side 2: This option produces 2 sided copies from 1 sided originals and  
rotates 180 degrees every second side image. Use this option to create documents which can  
be read in a “head to toe” manner, for example a calendar.  
2
2
2
2 Sided: Use this option for 2 sided originals when 2 sided copies are required.  
1 Sided: Use this option for 2 sided originals when 1 sided copies are required.  
1 Sided, Rotate Side 2: This option produces 1 sided copies from 2 sided originals and  
rotates 180 degrees every second side image. The “read” orientation for this option varies  
depending on the input originals. For example, if “head to head” orientation originals are  
scanned, the output will be “head to toe”. If “head to toe” orientation originals are scanned,  
the output produced will be “head to head”.  
Select the 2 Sided option required using the up/down arrows and press OK.  
Note: Not all the 2 sided options are available on the WorkCentre 3315DN.  
4. Additional Copy options are available through the Menu button. For information about  
programming additional options, refer to Copy Options on page 36.  
Enter the Quantity  
The maximum copy quantity is 999.  
Use the keypad on the control panel to enter the number of copies required. The number entered  
is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the display.  
Note: To cancel an incorrect entry, press the C button and enter the correct quantity.  
Start the Job  
1. Press the Start button. Each document is scanned only once.  
2. If using the document glass to scan 2 sided originals, the machine displays a message when ready  
to scan side 2. Continue scanning until all sides have been scanned.  
The images are scanned and the Copy job is printed.  
34  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Copy Procedure  
Check the Job Status  
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel  
to display job status information.  
2. A list of Active Jobs or Saved Jobs is displayed.  
Select your job using the up/down arrows and  
press OK.  
3. The following Job Options are available:  
For active jobs:  
Release  
Cancel  
For saved jobs:  
Print  
Delete  
Interrupt the Copy Job  
To interrupt the active Copy job so that a more urgent job can take priority:  
1. Press the Job Interrupt button on the control panel.  
2. Remove the active job originals from the automatic document feeder or from the document glass.  
3. Program the priority job.  
4. Place the originals for the priority job on the document glass or in the automatic document feeder.  
5. Press Start.  
6. When the priority job is complete, press the Job Interrupt button again.  
7. Replace the originals from the first job and press start. The interrupted job will resume copying.  
Stop the Copy Job  
Follow the steps below to cancel an active Copy job.  
1. Press the Stop button on the control panel.  
Follow the steps below to cancel a queued Copy job.  
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel to display the active jobs.  
2. Use the up/down arrows and select the job required, press OK.  
3. Select Delete and OK.  
4. Select Yes to delete the job or No to return to previous screen.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Copy Options  
Copy Options  
Your machine provides the following options to customize your Copy jobs. Use the Menu button to  
access the options. For information about changing the default Copy settings, refer to Feature Defaults  
on page 159.  
Notes:  
Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
If you press Stop while setting the Copy options, all of the options you have set for the  
current Copy job will be canceled and return to their default status after the machine  
completes the Copy job in progress.  
Feature  
Description  
Options  
Original Size  
Allows you to specify the  
size of the image to be  
scanned.  
A4  
A5  
B5  
Letter  
Legal  
Executive  
Folio  
Oficio  
Reduce/Enlarge  
Originals can be reduced  
or enlarged between 25%  
and 400% when using the  
document glass, or from  
25% to 100% when using  
the automatic document  
feeder.  
100 %: Produces an image on the copies the same size  
as the image on the original.  
Variable %: Use the keypad or the up/down arrows to  
enter the percentage required.  
Auto Fit: Reduces or enlarges the image on the copies  
based on the size of the original and the size of the  
selected output paper.  
Presets: The most commonly used reduce/enlarge  
percentages have been provided as preset options.  
These preset options can be customized by your  
System or Machine Administrator to meet individual  
needs.  
Lighten/Darken  
Adjusts the lightness or  
darkness of the output.  
Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in increments to  
the lightest setting of Lighten +5; works well with dark  
print.  
Normal: Works well with standard typed or printed  
originals.  
Darken +1 to +5: Darkens the original in increments  
to the darkest setting of Darken +5; works well with  
light print.  
36  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Copy Options  
Feature  
Description  
Options  
Contrast  
Increases or decreases the  
contrast between light and  
dark areas of the image.  
Less +1 to +5: Decreases the contrast in increments to  
the lowest contrast setting of Less +5.  
Normal: No contrast adjustment is made.  
More +1 to +5: Increases the contrast in increments  
up to the highest contrast setting of More +5.  
Original Type  
Layout  
The Original Type setting is  
used to improve the image  
quality by selecting the  
document type for the  
originals.  
Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.  
Text and Photo: Use for originals with mixed text and  
photographs.  
Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.  
This option is used to copy  
multiple documents onto  
one sheet of paper, copy  
from book originals, create  
booklet output and  
produce documents which  
can be pasted together to  
make a poster.  
Normal: Select this option to match the layout of the  
originals.  
2 Up: This feature is used to copy two documents, in a  
reduced size, onto one sheet of paper.  
4 Up: This feature is used to copy four documents, in a  
reduced size, onto one sheet of paper.  
ID Card Copy: The machine prints one side of the  
original on the upper half of the paper and the other  
side on the lower half without reducing the size of the  
original.  
Poster Copy: Your original will be divided into 9  
portions. You can paste the printed pages together to  
make one poster-sized document.  
Clone Copy: The machine prints multiple original  
images onto a single page. The number of images is  
automatically determined by the machine based on  
the original size and the paper size.  
Book Copy: Use when copying bound documents and  
books.  
Booklet Creation: This allows you to print your  
document on both sides of the paper and arranges  
printing to produce a booklet.  
Refer to Using the Layout Options on page 39 for  
instructions.  
Background  
Suppression  
Use to automatically  
reduce or eliminate the  
dark background resulting  
from scanning colored  
paper or newspaper  
originals.  
Off: Select if Background Suppression is not required.  
Auto: Select to automatically eliminate background.  
Enhance: Levels 1 to 4: Suppresses the background  
color in increments, level 4 representing the greatest  
amount of background elimination.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Copy Options  
Feature  
Description  
Options  
Margin Shift  
Allows you to shift the  
image on the page by a  
specified amount.  
Off: Select if Margin Shift is not required.  
Auto Center: Automatically copies the image in the  
center of the page. This feature is only available when  
you place originals on the document glass.  
Custom Margin: Use the numeric keypad to enter the  
left, right, top or bottom margin amount from  
0 to 20 mm.  
Edge Erase  
Allows you to erase spots,  
drill holes, fold creases and  
staple marks along any of  
the four edges of a  
Off: Select if Edge Erase is not required.  
Small Original: erases the edge of the original if it is  
small. This feature is only available when you place  
originals on the document glass.  
Hole Punch: Erases the marks from book binding  
holes.  
Book Center: Erases the middle part of the page to  
eliminate the dark horizontal marks reproduced when  
you copy a book. This feature is only available when  
you place originals on the document glass.  
document.  
Border Erase: Use the numeric keypad to enter the  
left, right, top or bottom amount of margin to erase.  
38  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Using the Layout Options  
Using the Layout Options  
This option is used to copy multiple documents onto one sheet of paper, copy from book originals,  
create booklet output and produce documents which can be pasted together to make a poster.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
2 Up or 4 Up Copying  
This feature is used to copy two or more documents, in a  
1
3
2
4
reduced size, onto one sheet of paper. It is ideal for creating  
handouts, storyboards or documents used for archival  
purposes.  
Note: Originals must be loaded in the automatic  
document feeder when using this feature.  
1. Press Copy on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press OK.  
4. Select the option required:  
Normal: Copies an original onto one sheet of paper.  
2 Up: Copies two separate originals onto one sheet of paper.  
4 Up: Copies four separate originals onto one sheet of paper.  
Note: For landscape originals, place the top of the document at the back of the feeder. For portrait  
originals, place the top of the document to the left.  
5. Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.  
6. Load originals and press Start.  
ID Card Copy  
The machine prints one side of the original on the upper half  
of the paper and the other side on the lower half without  
reducing the size of the original. This feature is helpful for  
copying a small-sized item, such as a business card.  
Note: This Copy feature is available only when you place  
originals on the document glass. If the original is larger  
than the printable area, some portions may not be  
printed.  
Your machine can print 2 sided originals on one sheet of A4, Letter, Legal, Folio, Executive, B5, A5, or A6  
paper.  
1. Press Copy on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press OK.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Using the Layout Options  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight ID Card Copy and press OK.  
5. Press Menu to return to the top level menu.  
6. Place the front side of the original face down on the  
document glass, aligned with the tip of the registration  
arrow and close the automatic document feeder.  
7. Press Start.  
Place Front Side Press OK appears on the display. Press  
OK on the control panel.  
Your machine begins scanning the front side and shows  
Place Rear Side Press Start.  
8. Turn the original over and place the rear side of the  
original face down on the document glass and close the  
automatic document feeder.  
9. Press Start on the control panel to begin copying.  
Book Copy  
This feature enables you to specify which page or pages of a  
book are to be scanned. The book original is placed face down  
on the document glass with the spine of the book lined up  
with the book marker.  
B A  
B
A
1. Press Copy on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press  
OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Book Copy and  
press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option  
required:  
Off: Use to deactivate the feature.  
Left Page Only: Use to scan and copy the left page of a bound document.  
Right Page Only: Use to scan and copy the right page of a bound document.  
Both Pages: Use to scan and copy both pages of a bound document. The left page of the  
book will be scanned first.  
6. Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.  
7. Place the book original face down on the document glass with the spine of the book lined up with  
the book marker at the center of the rear edge of the document glass.  
8. Press Start.  
40  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Using the Layout Options  
9. If another page requires scanning, select Yes to add another page. Place the book with the new  
page to be scanned on the document glass, select the Copy option required and press OK.  
When you have finished scanning all the pages required, select No at the Another Page? prompt.  
Booklet Creation  
This allows you to print your document on both sides of the  
paper and arranges the pages so that the paper can be folded  
in half after printing to produce a booklet.  
1. Insert the documents neatly into the automatic  
document feeder, face up. The first page should be on  
top with the headings towards the left of the machine.  
Note: The originals must be loaded in the automatic  
document feeder to enable the Booklet Creation feature  
to be selected.  
2. Press Copy on the control panel.  
3. Press Menu on the control panel.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Booklet Creation and press OK.  
6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight 1 Sided Originals or 2 Sided Originals and press OK.  
7. Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.  
8. Load originals and press Start.  
Poster Copy  
Your original will be divided into 9 portions. You can paste the  
printed pages together to make one poster-sized document.  
Note: This Copy feature is available only when you place  
originals on the document glass.  
1. Press Copy on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press  
OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Poster Copy and press OK.  
5. Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.  
6. Load originals and press Start.  
Each portion is scanned and printed one by one.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Using the Layout Options  
Clone Copy  
The machine prints multiple original images on a single page.  
The number of images is automatically determined by the  
original image and the paper size.  
Note: This Copy feature is available only when you place  
originals on the document glass.  
1. Press Copy on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Layout and press  
OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Clone Copy and press OK.  
5. Select OK to save your selections and press Menu to return to the top level menu.  
6. Load originals and press Start.  
42  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Media Output Locations  
Media Output Locations  
The machine has two output locations:  
1
Output tray (face down)  
up to a maximum of 150  
sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) paper.  
1
Rear door (face up)  
one sheet at a time.  
2
2
The machine sends output to the output tray by default. If special media such as envelopes print out  
with wrinkles, curl, creases or black bold lines, the rear door should be used for the output. Open the rear  
door and keep it open while printing one sheet at a time.  
Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door  
open will cause paper jams.  
Using the Output Tray  
The output tray collects printed paper face down, in the order in which the sheets were printed. The  
output tray should be used for most jobs. When the output tray is full, a message displays on the  
control panel.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Media Output Locations  
To use the output tray, make sure that the rear door is closed.  
Notes:  
If paper coming out of the output tray has problems, such as excessive curl, try printing  
to the rear door.  
To reduce paper jams, do not open or close the rear door while the printer is printing.  
Using the Rear Door  
When using the rear door, paper comes out of the machine  
face up. Printing from the bypass tray to the rear door  
provides a straight paper path and might improve the output  
quality when printing on envelopes or special media.  
Whenever the rear door is open, the output is delivered there.  
Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex  
jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door open will cause  
paper jams.  
CAUTION: The fuser area inside the rear door of your  
machine becomes very hot when in use. Take care when  
you access this area.  
44  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Scan  
3
This chapter includes:  
Scanning Overview on page 46  
Scan Procedure on page 47  
Scan Options on page 53  
Scan Assistant on page 55  
Scan Using TWAIN on page 56  
Scan Using WIA Driver on page 57  
Macintosh Scanning on page 58  
Linux Scanning on page 60  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Scanning Overview  
Scanning Overview  
Scanning with your machine lets you turn pictures and text into digital files that can be stored on your  
computer or sent to a repository. Your machine can scan via USB or network to a PC or server, as well as  
directly to a USB memory device. The following filing options are available for Scan:  
USB: Using this option, you can scan an image to a USB Memory Device inserted into the USB  
Memory Device port.  
Local PC: This option can be used if the machine is connected to a PC via a USB cable. For  
Windows scanning, the Easy Printer Manager must be installed on your PC prior to use. For  
Macintosh scanning, the Scan and Fax Manager must be installed.  
Network PC: Using this option the scanned data will be stored to a networked PC. For Windows,  
the Easy Printer Manager must be installed on your PC prior to use. For Macintosh scanning, the  
Scan and Fax Manager must be installed.  
SMB: Using this option, you can scan an image and upload it to a shared folder on an SMB server.  
FTP: Using this option, you can scan an image and upload it to an FTP server.  
WSD: Using this option you can scan to applications or computers that support Microsoft's Web  
Services for Devices.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
For instructions on setting up and configuring the Scan function, refer to the System Administrator  
Guide.  
Scanning Methods  
Your machine offers the following ways to scan an image using a local connection:  
TWAIN: TWAIN drivers handle the communication between computer software and the scanning  
device. This feature can be used via a local connection or a network connection.  
Refer to Scan Using TWAIN on page 56.  
WIA (Windows Image Acquisition): To use this feature your computer must be connected to the  
machine via a USB cable.  
Refer to Scan Using WIA Driver on page 57.  
46  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Scan Procedure  
Scan Procedure  
Using Scan, an electronic file can be created from a hard copy original. The electronic file can be  
scanned in color or black and white depending on the Color option selected. The file can then be sent  
to a specified destination.  
This section describes the basic procedure for scanning:  
Loading Documents on page 47  
Select the Scan Destination on page 48  
Select the Features on page 50  
Start the Job on page 51  
Check the Job Status on page 51  
Stop the Job on page 52  
If an authentication feature is enabled, you may need an account before using the machine. To get an  
account, or for more information, contact the System Administrator.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration and the Scan  
features and destination selected.  
Loading Documents  
Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.  
Automatic Document Feeder  
The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 50 originals of 20 lb (80 g/m²) thickness.  
1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray  
of the automatic document feeder with the top of the  
document to the left of the tray.  
2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the  
document.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Scan Procedure  
Document Glass  
The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and  
magazines.  
1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single  
documents face down on the document glass aligned  
with the rear left corner.  
2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11” or A4. For other  
sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer  
to Scan Options on page 53 for further information.  
Note: Documents are only scanned once even when  
several copies are selected.  
Select the Scan Destination  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
Scan to USB  
1. Load the documents to be scanned either face down on the document glass or face up into the  
automatic document feeder.  
2. Insert a USB Memory Device into the USB memory port on your machine. The USB menu  
automatically displays.  
Note: When in Power Save mode, the machine will not recognize when a USB Memory Device is  
inserted into the USB port. Press any button to restore the machine to a normal state and reinsert  
the USB Memory Device into the port.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Scan to USB and press OK.  
Scan to Local PC  
To use Scan to Local PC, the machine must be connected to your PC or workstation via a USB cable. The  
scan driver must be installed on your PC prior to use. For instructions, refer to the System Administrator  
Guide.  
1. Press Scan on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Local PC.  
3. Press OK. If you see the Not Available message, check the port connection and/or setup.  
4. Press the up/down arrows until the scan destination you want highlights and press OK.  
48  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Scan Procedure  
Scan to Network PC from Control Panel  
Make sure that your machine is connected to a network. Make sure the machine has been configured  
using the Xerox Scan Assistant utility and the scan driver has been installed. For instructions, refer to  
the System Administrator guide.  
1. Press Scan on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Network PC.  
3. Press OK. If you see the Not Available message, check the connection and/or setup.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Login ID you want and press OK.  
5. If necessary, enter the password using the keypad and press OK.  
6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Scan Destination you want and press OK.  
7. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Resolution you want and press OK.  
8. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Color option you want and press OK.  
9. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the File Format you want and press OK.  
Note: You can also use the Xerox Scan Assistant to scan documents directly from your PC. Refer to  
Scan Assistant on page 55.  
Scan to SMB  
Make sure that your machine is connected to a network. Make sure the machine has been configured  
using CentreWare Internet Services. Refer to the System Administrator guide for instructions.  
1. Press Scan on the control panel.  
3. If required, press the 2 Sided button and Menu button to select the Scan settings. Refer to Select  
the Features on page 50.  
4. Press OK.  
5. If Authentication is enabled, enter your Login ID and, if required, your password.  
6. Press the up/down arrows until the server you want highlights and press OK.  
7. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the File Format you want and press OK.  
Scan to FTP  
Make sure that your machine is connected to a network. Make sure the machine has been configured  
using CentreWare Internet Services. Refer to the System Administrator guide for instructions.  
1. Press Scan on the control panel.  
3. If required press the 2 Sided button and Menu button to select the Scan settings. Refer to Select  
the Features on page 50.  
4. Press OK.  
5. If Authentication is enabled, enter your Login ID and, if required, your password.  
6. Press the up/down arrows until the server you want highlights and press OK.  
7. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the File Format you want and press OK.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Scan Procedure  
Scan to WSD  
Using this option you can scan to applications or computers that support Microsoft's Web Services for  
Devices.  
1. Press Scan on the control panel.  
3. If required press the 2 Sided button and Menu button to select the Scan settings. Refer to Select  
the Features on page 50.  
4. Press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows until the destination you want highlights and press OK.  
6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the File Format you want and press OK.  
Scan to Local Drive  
Using this option you can scan documents to the machine’s hard drive, and print scanned documents  
from the machine hard drive. Folders within the Local Drive are created within CentreWare Internet  
Services by the System Administrator. Refer to the System Administrator Guide for more information.  
To scan a document to the Local Drive:  
1. Press Scan on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Scan to Local Drive and press OK. The Search ID screen  
will appear.  
3. Select your required folder on the Local Drive. The Default Public folder appears and any other  
folders that were created within the Internet Services Jobs > Local Drive page.  
4. Select the features from the Scan to Local Drive menu.  
Select the Features  
Various features can be selected for your Scan job when the machine is in Ready mode.  
Note: Some of the following options may be unavailable depending on your machine  
configuration and the scan method selected.  
Once you have made a selection, press Back to return to the Ready screen.  
1. Press the 2 Sided button on the control panel. The following 2 Sided options are available:  
1
2
2
1 Sided: Use this option for 1 sided originals.  
1 Sided: Use this option for 2 sided originals.  
1 Sided, Rotated: Use this option for 2 sided originals which have the second side  
rotated. This option will rotate the second side image 180 degrees.  
Select the 2 Sided option required using the up/down arrows and press OK.  
50  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Scan Procedure  
2. The following features are available through the Menu button for Scan to USB, Scan to FTP and  
Scan to SMB.  
Original Size  
Original Type  
Use to set the size of the image being scanned.  
Used to improve the image quality by selecting the document type for  
the originals.  
Resolution  
Sets the image resolution. A higher resolution increases the file size.  
Sets the color mode of the scanned image.  
Output Color  
File Format  
Sets the file format of the saved image.  
Lighten/Darken  
Provides manual control to adjust the lightness or darkness of the  
scanned images.  
Contrast  
Use to increase or decrease the contrast between black and white  
images.  
Press the up/down arrows until the feature you want highlights and press OK. Select the setting  
required and press OK.  
For information about each of the options refer to Scan Options on page 53.  
Start the Job  
1. Press the Start button.  
2. If using the document glass to scan 2 sided originals, the machine displays a message when ready  
to scan side 2. Continue scanning until all sides have been scanned.  
3. Your machine begins scanning the original, and then asks if you want to scan another page.  
4. To scan another page, press the left/right arrows to highlight Yes and press OK. Load an original  
and press Start. Otherwise, press the left/right arrows to highlight No and press OK.  
The images are scanned and sent to the destination selected.  
Check the Job Status  
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel  
to display job status information.  
2. A list of Active Jobs or Saved Jobs is displayed.  
Select your job using the up/down arrows and  
press OK.  
3. The following Job Options are available:  
For active jobs:  
Release  
Cancel  
For saved jobs:  
Print  
Delete  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Scan Procedure  
Stop the Job  
Follow the steps below to cancel an active Scan job.  
1. Press the Stop button on the control panel.  
Follow the steps below to cancel a queued Scan job.  
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel to display the active jobs.  
2. Use the up/down arrows to select the job required, press OK.  
3. Select Delete and OK.  
4. Select Yes to delete the job or No to return to previous screen.  
52  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Scan Options  
Scan Options  
Your machine provides the following options to customize your Scan jobs. Use the Menu button to  
access the options. For information about changing the default Scan settings, refer to Scan Defaults on  
page 161.  
Note: Some of the following options may be unavailable depending on your machine  
configuration and the scan method selected.  
Feature  
Description  
Options  
Original Size  
Allows you to specify the  
size of the image to be  
scanned.  
A4  
A5  
B5  
Letter  
Legal  
Executive  
Folio  
Oficio  
Original Type  
Resolution  
The Original Type setting is  
used to improve the image  
quality by selecting the  
document type for the  
originals.  
Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.  
Text and Photo: Use for originals with mixed text and  
photographs.  
Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.  
Resolution affects the  
appearance of the  
300 dpi: Recommended for high quality text  
documents that are to pass through OCR applications.  
Also recommended for high quality line art or medium  
quality photos and graphics. This is the default  
resolution and the best choice in most cases.  
200 dpi: Recommended for average quality text  
documents and line art. Does not produce the best  
image quality for photos and graphics.  
scanned image. A higher  
resolution produces a  
better quality image. A  
lower resolution reduces  
communication time when  
sending the file over the  
network.  
100 dpi: Recommended for lower quality text  
documents or if a smaller file size is required.  
Output Color  
Select Output Color to  
produce black and white,  
grayscale or color output.  
Color: Use to select color output from your original.  
Grayscale: Use if output is to be in shades of gray.  
Black and White: Use to select black and white  
output regardless of the color of your original.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Scan Options  
Feature  
Description  
Options  
File Format  
File Format determines the  
type of file created and  
can be temporarily  
changed for the current  
job. Select the file format  
you wish to use for your  
scanned image.  
PDF (Portable Document Format): Allows recipients  
with the right software to view, print or edit the  
electronic file, no matter what their computer  
platform.  
Single-TIFF (Tagged Image File Format): Produces a  
graphic file that can be opened by a variety of graphic  
software packages across a variety of computer  
platforms. A separate file is produced for each image  
scanned.  
Multi Page TIFF: Produces a single TIFF file  
containing several pages of scanned images. More  
specialized software is required to open this type of  
file format.  
JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group): Produces  
a compressed graphic file that can be opened by a  
variety of graphic software packages across a variety  
of computer platforms. A separate file is produced for  
each image scanned.  
BMP: A simple bitmapped graphics format. (Scan to  
USB option only.)  
Lighten/Darken  
Adjusts the lightness or  
darkness of the output.  
Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in increments to  
the lightest setting of Lighten +5; works well with dark  
print.  
Normal: Works well with standard typed or printed  
originals.  
Darken +1 to +5: Darkens the original in increments  
to the darkest setting of Darken +5; works well with  
light print.  
Contrast  
Increases or decreases the  
contrast between light and  
dark areas of the image.  
Less +1 to +5: Decreases the contrast in increments to  
the lowest contrast setting of Less +5.  
Normal: No contrast adjustment is made.  
More +1 to +5: Increases the contrast in increments  
up to the highest contrast setting of More +5.  
54  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Scan Assistant  
Scan Assistant  
The Scan Assistant is a Xerox utility that is automatically installed with the your Xerox Printer Driver. It  
provides an interface to select a scanner and to adjust Scan settings and start the scanning process  
directly from your computer. Using the preview window allows you to view the scan and make  
adjustments as necessary using the easy access buttons on the left of the preview window. Preferred  
settings can be preserved as ‘favorites’ and added to a pre-defined list.  
For information about using the Scan Assistant, refer to the Xerox WorkCentre  
3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI Utilities Guide available on Xerox.com.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Scan Using TWAIN  
Scan Using TWAIN  
If you want to scan documents using other software, you will need to use TWAIN compliant software,  
such as Adobe Photoshop. Follow the steps below to scan with TWAIN compliant software.  
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.  
2. Install the TWAIN driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.  
3. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on  
the document glass.  
4. Open an application, such as Adobe Photoshop.  
5. Open the TWAIN window and set the scan options.  
6. Scan and save your scanned image.  
56  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Scan Using WIA Driver  
Scan Using WIA Driver  
Your machine also supports the Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) driver for scanning images. WIA is  
one of the standard components provided by Microsoft Windows and works with digital cameras and  
scanners.  
Note: The WIA driver works only on Windows XP/Vista/7.0 with a USB port.  
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.  
2. Install the WIA driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.  
3. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on  
the document glass.  
4. Scan the originals using the following instructions:  
Windows XP  
a. From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Scanners and Cameras.  
b. Double click your scanner driver icon. The Scanner and Camera Wizard appears. Select Next.  
c. Set the options in the Choose scanning preferences window. Select Next.  
d. Enter a picture name, and select a file format and destination to save the picture.  
e. Select Next to scan your originals.  
f. Select Next and Finish to view the images.  
Windows Vista  
a. From the Start menu select Control Panel > Scanners and Cameras.  
b. Double click Scan a document or picture. The Windows Fax and Scan application appears.  
You can select View scanners and cameras to view the scanners.  
c. If there is no Scan a document or picture instruction visible, open the MS Paint program and  
from the File menu click From Scanner or Camera... .  
d. Select New Scan. The scan driver displays. Choose your scanning preferences.  
e. Select Scan.  
Windows 7  
a. From the Start menu select Control Panel > Devices and Printers.  
b. Click the right mouse button on the device driver icon in Printers and Faxes > Start Scan.  
New Scan application appears.  
c. Choose your scanning preferences.  
d. Select Scan.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Macintosh Scanning  
Macintosh Scanning  
You can scan documents using Image Capture on Macintosh systems.  
Scanning with USB Connection  
Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer via the USB cable and powered on. Install  
the scan driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.  
1. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on  
the document glass.  
2. Start Applications and click Image Capture.  
If the No Image Capture device connected message appears, disconnect the USB cable and  
reconnect it. If the problem continues, refer to the Image Capture help option to resolve the  
problem.  
3. Select the device required.  
4. Set the scan options on this program.  
5. Scan and save your scanned image.  
For more information about using Image Capture, use the Image Capture help option.  
Use TWAIN-compliant software to apply more scan options. You can also scan using TWAIN-compliant  
software, such as Adobe Photoshop. Scan processes differ according to the TWAIN-compliant software  
being used. Please refer to the User Guide supplied with the software for instructions.  
If scanning does not operate in Image Capture, update Mac OS to the latest version. Image Capture  
operates correctly in Mac OS X 10.3.9 or higher, and Mac OS X 10.4.7 or higher.  
Scanning from a Network Connected Machine  
Make sure that the machine and your workstation are powered on and connected to the network.  
Install the scan driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.  
1. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on  
the document glass.  
2. Start Applications and click Image Capture.  
3. Depending on the Mac OS version, follow the steps below.  
For 10.4-10.5:  
Click Devices then Browse Devices from the Menu bar.  
Select your machine in the Twain devices option. Make sure that the Use TWAIN  
software checkbox is checked.  
Click Connect.  
If a warning message appears, click Change Port... to select the port, or if TWAIN UI appears,  
click Change Port... from the Preference tab and select a new port.  
For 10.6, select your device below SHARED.  
4. Set the scan options on this program.  
58  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Macintosh Scanning  
5. Scan and save your scanned image.  
If scanning does not operate in Image Capture, update Mac OS to the latest version. Image Capture  
operates correctly in Mac OS X 10.4.7 or higher.  
For more information about using Image Capture, use the Image Capture help option.  
You can also scan using TWAIN-compliant software, such as Adobe Photoshop. Scan processes differ  
according to the TWAIN-compliant software being used. Please refer to the User Guide supplied with  
the software for instructions.  
Using Scan and Fax Manager  
Use the Scan and Fax Manager program to check the installed scan driver’s condition, to change scan  
settings and to add or delete document folders for storing scanned documents. To use the Scan and  
Fax Manager program:  
1. Select /Applications/Xerox and run Scan and Fax Manager.  
2. Select the appropriate device in Scan and Fax Manager.  
3. Select Properties.  
4. Use the Set Scan button to change the file destination or scan settings, to add or delete  
application programs and to format files. You can change the scanning device by using Change  
Port (Local or Network).  
5. Select OK.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Linux Scanning  
Linux Scanning  
You can scan a document using the Unified Driver Configurator window. Make sure that the machine is  
powered on and connected to your computer via USB cable, or connected to the network. Install the  
scan driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.  
Scanning  
1. Double-click the Unified Driver Configurator on your desktop.  
2. Click the  
button to switch to Scanners Configuration.  
3. Select the scanner in the list.  
If you use only one machine device and it is connected to the computer and turned on, your  
scanner appears in the list and is automatically selected.  
If you have two or more scanners connected to your computer, you can select any scanner to  
work at any time. For example, while acquisition is in progress on the first scanner, you may  
select the second scanner, set the device options and start the image acquisition  
simultaneously.  
4. Click Properties.  
5. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on  
the document glass.  
6. From the Scanner Properties window, click Preview.  
The document is scanned and the image preview appears in the Preview Pane.  
7. Drag the pointer to set the image area to be scanned in the Preview Pane.  
8. Change the scan options in the Image Quality and Scan Area sections.  
Image Quality: This option allows you to select the color composition and the scan  
resolution for the image.  
Scan Area: This option allows you to select the page size. The Advanced button enables you  
to set the page size manually.  
If you want to use one of the preset scan option settings, select the option from the Job Type  
drop-down list. (See Job Type Settings on page 60.)  
9. Click Default to restore the default setting for the scan options.  
10. When you have finished, click Scan to start scanning.  
The status bar appears on the bottom left of the window to show you the progress of the scan. To  
cancel scanning, click Cancel.  
The scanned image appears.  
11. When you are finished, click Save on the toolbar.  
12. Select the file directory where you want to save the image and enter the file name.  
13. Click Save.  
Job Type Settings  
You can save your scan option settings for later use.  
60  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Linux Scanning  
Saving a New Job Type Setting  
1. Change the options from the Scanner Properties window.  
2. Click Save As.  
3. Enter the name for your setting.  
4. Click OK.  
Your setting is added to the Job Type drop-down list.  
Deleting a Job Type Setting  
1. Select the setting you want to delete from the Job Type drop-down list.  
2. Click Delete.  
The setting is deleted from the list.  
Using the Image Manager  
The Image Manager application provides you with menu commands and tools to edit your scanned  
image. Use the following tools to edit the image:  
Tools  
Name  
Function  
Save  
Saves the image.  
Undo  
Redo  
Cancels your last action.  
Restores the action you canceled.  
Scroll  
Crop  
Allows you to scroll through the image.  
Crops the selected image area.  
Zoom Out  
Zoom In  
Zooms the image out.  
Zooms the image in.  
Scale  
Allows you to scale the image size; you can enter the size manually, or  
set the rate to scale proportionally, vertically, or horizontally.  
Rotate  
Allows you to rotate the image; you can select the number of degrees  
from the drop-down list.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Linux Scanning  
Tools  
Name  
Function  
Flip  
Allows you to flip the image vertically or horizontally.  
Effect  
Allows you to adjust the brightness or contrast of the image, or to invert  
the image.  
Properties  
Shows the properties of the image.  
For further details about the Image Manager application, refer to the on screen help.  
62  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
E-mail  
4
E-mailing with your machine lets you turn pictures and text into digital files that can be sent to an  
e-mail address. You can scan the originals and e-mail the scanned image to several destinations from  
the machine by e-mail.  
This chapter includes:  
E-mail Procedure on page 64  
E-mail Options on page 68  
Address Book on page 70  
Smart Key Addresses on page 71  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
E-mail Procedure  
E-mail Procedure  
If E-mail has been enabled, an electronic file can be created from a hard copy original. The electronic  
file can be e-mailed to a specified address.  
Note: Refer to the System Administrator Guide for instructions on enabling E-mail.  
This section describes the basic procedure for e-mailing. Follow the steps below.  
Loading Documents on page 64  
Enter the E-mail Address on page 65  
Select the Features on page 66  
Start the Job on page 66  
Check the Job Status on page 67  
Stop the E-mail Job on page 67  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
If an authentication feature is enabled, you may need an account before using the machine. To get an  
account, or for more information, contact the System Administrator.  
Loading Documents  
Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.  
Automatic Document Feeder  
The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 50 originals of 20 lb (80 g/m²) thickness.  
1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray  
of the automatic document feeder with the top of the  
document to the left of the tray.  
2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the  
document.  
64  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
E-mail Procedure  
Document Glass  
The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and  
magazines.  
1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single  
documents face down on the document glass aligned  
with the rear left corner.  
2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11” or A4. For other  
sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer  
to E-mail Options on page 68 for further information.  
Note: Documents are only scanned once even when  
several copies are selected.  
Enter the E-mail Address  
1. Press the E-mail button on the control panel.  
If Authentication is enabled, enter your Login ID  
and Password (if required).  
2. When Enter From Address: appears, enter the  
sender’s e-mail address and press OK.  
If Send to Myself? appears, press the left/right  
arrows to highlight Yes or No and press OK.  
3. When Enter Destination Addresses: appears,  
enter the recipient’s e-mail address and press  
OK.  
Use the .com button to add commonly used  
address text to the e-mail address, for  
example .com or @yourdomainname.com.  
Press the .com key repeatedly until the text  
required is displayed and press OK. The text  
is added to the address. The Smart Key text  
Internet Services, refer to Smart Key  
.com  
Addresses on page 71 for instructions.  
E-mail addresses can also be added using  
the Address Book, refer to Address Book on page 70 for instructions.  
Press the down arrow and enter additional e-mail addresses if required and press OK.  
4. If File Format appears, highlight the file format required and press OK.  
5. Enter an e-mail subject and press OK.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
E-mail Procedure  
6. When Ready to E-mail appears you can add or edit the recipient list, press Menu to select  
additional features or press Start to scan your originals.  
To add additional recipients, highlight Add Another Address and enter the address required.  
To edit or delete recipients, use the up/down arrows to highlight the address requiring editing  
or deleting and press OK. Use the left arrow key to delete characters and then edit the  
address. To delete the address, press the down arrow key to highlight Delete and select OK.  
Select the Features  
Various features can be selected for your e-mail job. The most common features are selected from the  
control panel. Once you have made a selection, press Back to return to the Ready screen.  
1. The following features are available through the Menu button:  
Note: Some of the following options may be unavailable depending on your machine  
configuration.  
Original Size  
Original Type  
Use to set the size of the image being scanned.  
Used to improve the image quality by selecting the document type for  
the originals.  
Resolution  
Sets the image resolution. A higher resolution increases the file size.  
Sets the color mode of the scanned image.  
Output Color  
Lighten/Darken  
Provides manual control to adjust the lightness or darkness of the  
scanned images.  
Contrast  
Use to increase or decrease the contrast between black and white  
images.  
2. Press the up/down arrows until the feature you want highlights and press OK. Select the setting  
required and press OK.  
For information about each of the options refer to E-mail Options on page 68.  
Start the Job  
1. Press the Start button.  
The images are scanned and sent to the e-mail address or addresses entered.  
66  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
E-mail Procedure  
Check the Job Status  
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel  
to display job status information.  
2. A list of Active Jobs or Saved Jobs is displayed.  
Select your job using the up/down arrows and  
press OK.  
3. The following Job Options are available:  
For active jobs:  
Release  
Cancel  
For saved jobs:  
Print  
Delete  
Stop the E-mail Job  
Follow the steps below to cancel an active e-mail job.  
1. Press the Stop button on the control panel.  
Follow the steps below to cancel a queued e-mail job.  
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel to display the active jobs.  
2. Use the up/down arrows to select the job required, press OK.  
3. Select Delete and OK.  
4. Select Yes to delete the job or No to return to previous screen.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
E-mail Options  
E-mail Options  
Your machine provides the following options to customize your E-mail jobs. Use the Menu button to  
access the options. For information about changing the default E-mail settings, refer to E-mail Defaults  
on page 163.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
Feature  
Description  
Options  
Original Size  
Allows you to specify the  
size of the image to be  
scanned.  
A4  
A5  
B5  
Letter  
Legal  
Executive  
Folio  
Oficio  
Original Type  
Resolution  
The Original Type setting is  
used to improve the image  
quality by selecting the  
document type for the  
originals.  
Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.  
Text and Photo: Use for originals with mixed text and  
photographs.  
Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.  
Resolution affects the  
appearance of the  
300 dpi: Recommended for high quality text  
documents that are to pass through OCR applications.  
Also recommended for high quality line art or medium  
quality photos and graphics. This is the default  
resolution and the best choice in most cases.  
200 dpi: Recommended for average quality text  
documents and line art. Does not produce the best  
image quality for photos and graphics.  
scanned image. A higher  
resolution produces a  
better quality image. A  
lower resolution reduces  
communication time when  
sending the file over the  
network.  
100 dpi: Recommended for lower quality text  
documents or if a smaller file size is required.  
Output Color  
Select Output Color to  
produce black and white,  
grayscale or color output.  
Color: Use to select color output from your original.  
Grayscale: Use if output is to be in shades of gray.  
Black and White: Use to select black and white  
output regardless of the color of your original.  
68  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
E-mail Options  
Feature  
Description  
Options  
File Format  
File Format determines the  
type of file created and  
can be temporarily  
changed for the current  
job. Select the file format  
you wish to use for your  
scanned image.  
Single-TIFF (Tagged Image File Format): Produces a  
graphic file that can be opened by a variety of graphic  
software packages across a variety of computer  
platforms. A separate file is produced for each image  
scanned.  
Multi-TIFF: Produces a single TIFF file containing  
several pages of scanned images. A more specialized  
software is required to open this type of file format.  
PDF (Portable Document Format): Allows recipients  
with the right software to view, print or edit the  
electronic file, no matter what their computer  
platform.  
JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group): Produces  
a compressed graphic file that can be opened by a  
variety of graphic software packages across a variety  
of computer platforms. A separate file is produced for  
each image scanned.  
Lighten/Darken  
Adjusts the lightness or  
darkness of the output.  
Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in increments to  
the lightest setting of Lighten +5; works well with dark  
print.  
Normal: Works well with standard typed or printed  
originals.  
Darken +1 to +5: Darkens the original in increments  
to the darkest setting of Darken +5; works well with  
light print.  
Contrast  
Increases or decreases the  
contrast between light and  
dark areas of the image.  
Less +1 to +5: Decreases the contrast in increments to  
the lowest contrast setting of Less +5.  
Normal: No contrast adjustment is made.  
More +1 to +5: Increases the contrast in increments  
up to the highest contrast setting of More +5.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Address Book  
Address Book  
You can use CentreWare Internet Services to set up an Address Book with the e-mail addresses you use  
frequently and then easily and quickly enter e-mail addresses by selecting them from the Address Book.  
Refer to the System Administrator Guide for detailed instructions on setting up an Address Book.  
Searching the Address Book  
There are two ways to search for an address in memory. You can either preview the entries sequentially  
or search by entering the first letters of the name associated with the address.  
1. Press E-mail on the control panel.  
2. Enter the Sender Address (From Address) and press OK. The Enter To Addresses field appears.  
3. Press the Address Book button on the control panel.  
4. Enter a few letters of the name you are searching for. The machine will return matching names.  
5. Press the up/down arrows until the name and address you want highlights and press OK.  
Printing the Local Address Book  
1. Press the Machine Status button on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Information Pages and press OK.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Address Book and press OK.  
Your Address Book information prints out.  
70  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Smart Key Addresses  
Smart Key Addresses  
The Smart Key addresses enable you to quickly access and select commonly used e-mail address text  
from the .com button on the control panel. For example .com or @yourdomainname.com. Up to six  
Smart Key addresses can be set up using CentreWare Internet Services. Refer to the System  
Administrator Guide for setup instructions.  
Using Smart Key Addresses  
The Smart Key addresses are selected by pressing the  
.com key on the control panel.  
When entering the e-mail address, press the .com key  
repeatedly until the address text required is displayed  
.com  
and press OK.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Smart Key Addresses  
72  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Fax  
5
This chapter includes:  
Fax Procedure on page 74  
Fax Options on page 78  
Using Fax Send Options on page 80  
Using Fax Forward on page 83  
Using Secure Receive on page 85  
Address Book on page 86  
Fax from PC on page 90  
Receiving Faxes on page 91  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Fax Procedure  
Fax Procedure  
This section describes the basic procedure for sending faxes. Follow the steps below.  
Loading Documents on page 74  
Select the Features on page 75  
Enter the Fax Number on page 76  
Start the Job on page 76  
Check the Job Status on page 77  
Stop the Fax Job on page 77  
Fax Confirmation on page 77  
If an authentication feature is enabled, you may need an account before using the machine. To get an  
account, or for more information, contact the System Administrator.  
Note: Refer to the System Administrator Guide for information on setting up the Fax feature.  
Loading Documents  
Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the document glass.  
Automatic Document Feeder  
The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 50 originals of 20 lb (80 g/m²) thickness.  
1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray  
of the automatic document feeder with the top of the  
document to the left of the tray.  
2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the  
document.  
74  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Fax Procedure  
Document Glass  
The document glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and  
magazines.  
1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single  
documents face down on the document glass aligned  
with the rear left corner.  
2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11” or A4. For other  
sized documents, change the Original Size option. Refer  
to Fax Options on page 78 for further information.  
Note: Documents are only scanned once even when  
several copies are selected.  
Select the Features  
Various features can be selected for your fax job. Once you have made a selection, press Back to return  
to the Ready screen.  
1. The following features are available through the Menu button.  
Lighten/Darken  
Contrast  
This provides manual control to adjust the lightness or darkness of the  
scanned images.  
Increases or decreases the contrast between light and dark areas of the  
image.  
Resolution  
A higher resolution produces better quality for photos. A lower resolution  
reduces communication time.  
Original Size  
Multi Send  
Delay Send  
Priority Send  
This option allows you to specify the size of the image to be scanned.  
You can use this feature to send a fax to multiple locations.  
Use to set your machine to send a fax at a later time.  
Use when a high priority fax need to be sent ahead of reserved  
operations.  
Forward  
You can set the machine to forward a received or sent fax to another fax,  
e-mail or server destination.  
Secure Receive  
Add Page  
Use to restrict printing of received faxes when the machine is  
unattended.  
Use to add additional documents to a delayed fax job which is saved in  
memory.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Fax Procedure  
2. Press the up/down arrows until the feature you want highlights and press OK. Select the setting  
required and press OK.  
For more information about each of the options refer to Fax Options on page 78.  
Enter the Fax Number  
1. Press the Fax button on the control panel.  
2. Enter the recipient’s fax number by:  
number using the keypad. For instructions  
refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.  
Manual Dial: Allows you to get the dial tone  
before entering the fax number.  
Pause / Redial: Allows you to send to the  
last number or list of numbers dialed. For  
information about entering a Pause within the number, refer to Inserting a Pause on page 14.  
Speed Dial: For a one-digit (0-9) speed dial number, press and hold the corresponding digit  
button on the keypad. For a two or three-digit speed dial number, press the first digit  
button(s) and then hold down the last digit button.  
Address Book: Select the Address Book button to access the address book and select a  
Speed Dial or Group Dial entry to add to the recipient list. Refer to Address Book on page 86  
for instructions.  
Start the Job  
1. Press the Start button.  
2. If using the document glass to scan 2 sided originals, the machine displays a message when ready  
to scan side 2. Continue scanning until all sides have been scanned.  
The machine scans the originals, dials the entered number and attempts to connect with the  
remote fax machine. Once connected, the machine sends the fax job.  
If the number you have dialed is busy or there is no answer when you send a fax, the machine  
automatically redials the number every three minutes, up to seven times according to the factory  
default settings.  
3. If the display shows Retry Redial? press OK to redial the number without waiting. To cancel the  
automatic redialing, press Stop.  
Note: To change the time interval between redials and the number of redial attempts, refer to Fax  
Setup on page 166.  
To print a confirmation or error report, refer to Information Pages on page 25.  
76  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
Fax Procedure  
Check the Job Status  
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel  
to display job status information.  
2. A list of Active Jobs or Saved Jobs is displayed.  
Select your job using the up/down arrows and  
press OK.  
3. The following Job Options are available:  
For active jobs:  
Release  
Cancel  
For saved jobs:  
Print  
Delete  
Stop the Fax Job  
Follow the steps below to cancel an active fax job.  
1. Press the Stop button on the control panel.  
Follow the steps below to cancel a queued fax job.  
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel to display the active jobs.  
2. Use the up/down arrows and select the job required, press OK.  
3. Select Delete and OK.  
4. Select Yes to delete the job or No to return to previous screen.  
Fax Confirmation  
When the last page of your original has been sent successfully, the machine beeps and returns to  
Ready mode.  
If something goes wrong while sending your fax, an error message appears on the display. For a  
list of error messages and their meanings, refer to Fax Problems on page 219. If you receive an  
error message, press Stop to clear the message and try to send the fax again.  
You can set your machine to print a confirmation report automatically each time sending a fax is  
completed. For further details, refer to Fax Setup on page 166.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Fax Options  
Fax Options  
Your machine provides the following options to customize your fax jobs. Use the Menu button to  
access the options. For information about changing the default Fax settings, refer to Fax Setup on  
page 166.  
Notes:  
Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
If you press Stop while setting the fax options, all of the options you have set for the  
current fax job will be canceled and return to their default status after the machine  
completes the job in progress.  
Feature  
Description  
Options  
Lighten/Darken  
Adjusts the lightness or  
darkness of the output.  
Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in increments to  
the lightest setting of Lighten +5; works well with dark  
print.  
Normal: Works well with standard typed or printed  
originals.  
Darken +1 to +5: Darkens the original in increments  
to the darkest setting of Darken +5; works well with  
light print.  
Contrast  
Increases or decreases the  
contrast between light and  
dark areas of the image.  
Less +1 to +5: Decreases the contrast in increments to  
the lowest contrast setting of Less +5.  
Normal: No contrast adjustment is made.  
More +1 to +5: Increases the contrast in increments  
up to the highest contrast setting of More +5.  
Resolution  
Resolution affects the  
appearance of the fax at  
the receiving fax terminal.  
A higher resolution  
produces a better quality  
image. A lower resolution  
reduces communication  
time.  
Standard: Recommended for text documents. It  
requires less communication time, but does not  
produce the best image quality for graphics and  
photos.  
Fine: Recommended for line art and photos. This is  
the default resolution and the best choice in most  
cases.  
SuperFine: Recommended for use with high quality  
photos and graphics.  
Photo Fax: Recommended for originals containing  
shades of gray or photographs.  
Color Fax: Recommended for originals with colors.  
Sending a color fax is enabled only if the remote fax  
machine supports color fax reception and you send  
the fax manually. In this mode, memory transmission  
is not available.  
Note: When your machine is set to Super Fine resolution  
and the remote fax machine does not support Super Fine  
resolution, the machine transmits using the highest  
resolution mode supported.  
78  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Fax Options  
Feature  
Description  
Options  
Original Size  
Allows you to specify the  
size of the image to be  
scanned.  
A4  
A5  
B5  
Letter  
Executive  
Multi Send  
Delay Send  
You can use the Multi Send  
feature to send a fax to  
multiple locations.  
Fax 1: Use this option to enter the first fax number.  
Fax 2: Use this option to enter the second fax number.  
fax numbers.  
Refer to Multi Send on page 80 for instructions.  
You can set your machine  
to send a fax at a later  
time when you will not be  
present.  
Fax 1: Use this option to enter the first fax number.  
Another Number?: Use this option to enter additional  
fax numbers.  
Job Name: Enter a name for the job using the keypad.  
Start Time: Enter a time for the fax to be transmitted  
using the keypad.  
Refer to Delay Send on page 80 for instructions.  
Priority Send  
Forward  
This function is used when  
a high priority fax needs to  
be sent ahead of reserved  
operations.  
Job Name: Enter a name for the job using the keypad.  
Refer to Priority Send on page 82 for instructions.  
You can set the machine to  
forward a received or sent  
fax to another fax, e-mail  
or server destination.  
Fax: Use this option to forward a fax to another fax  
number.  
E-mail: Use this option to forward faxes to an e-mail  
address.  
Server: Use this option to forward faxes to a specified  
server location.  
Refer to Using Fax Forward on page 83 for instructions.  
Secure Receive  
You may need to prevent  
your received faxes from  
being accessed by  
unauthorized people. In  
Secure Receive mode, all  
incoming faxes go into  
memory and can be  
printed by entering a  
4-digit password.  
On: Use this option to activate Secure Receive.  
Off: Use this option to deactivate Secure Receive.  
Print: Use this option to print the faxes received into  
memory. If a 4-digit password was set when  
required to print the faxes.  
Refer to Using Secure Receive on page 85 for instructions.  
Add Page  
Use to add additional  
documents to a Delayed  
Fax job which is saved in  
memory.  
Refer to Adding Documents to a Delayed Fax on page 81  
for instructions.  
Cancel Job  
You can cancel a Delayed  
Fax job which is saved in  
memory.  
Refer to Canceling a Delayed Fax on page 81 for  
instructions.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Using Fax Send Options  
Using Fax Send Options  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
Multi Send  
You can use the Multi Send feature to send a fax to multiple locations. The fax is automatically stored  
in memory and then transmitted from memory to the fax destinations entered. After transmission, the  
job is automatically erased from memory. You cannot send a color fax using this feature.  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Multi Send and press OK.  
4. Enter the number of the first receiving fax machine and press OK.  
You can select speed dial numbers or a group dial number using the Address book button. For  
details, see Address Book on page 86.  
Note: Once you have entered a group dial number, you cannot enter any more group dial  
numbers.  
5. Enter the second fax number and press OK.  
The display asks you to enter another fax number. To enter more fax numbers, press OK when Yes  
is highlighted and repeat the steps. You can add up to 10 destinations.  
When you have finished entering fax numbers, press the left/right arrows to select No at the  
Another No.? prompt and press OK.  
6. Load originals and press Start to start storing the scanned original data into memory.  
If using the document glass to scan more than one original, select Yes to add another page. Load  
another original and press OK.  
When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.  
The machine sends the fax to the numbers you entered in the order in which you entered them.  
Delay Send  
You can set your machine to send a fax at a later time when you will not be present. Use this feature to  
transmit faxes during off-peak hours or when sending to another country or time zone. You cannot  
send a color fax using this feature.  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Delay Send and press OK.  
4. Enter the number of the receiving fax machine and press OK.  
You can select speed dial numbers or a group dial number by pressing the Address book button.  
For details, see Address Book on page 86.  
80  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Using Fax Send Options  
The display asks you to enter another fax number. To enter more fax numbers, press OK when Yes  
highlights and repeat the steps. You can add up to 10 destinations.  
Note: Once you have entered a group dial number, you cannot enter any more group dial  
numbers.  
When you have finished entering fax numbers, press the left/right arrows to select No at the  
Another No.? prompt and press OK.  
5. Enter the Job Name you want and press OK. If you do not want to assign a name, skip this step.  
For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.  
6. Enter the time using the number keypad and press OK.  
If you set a time earlier than the current time, the fax will be sent at that time on the following  
day.  
7. Load originals and press Start to start storing the scanned original data into memory.  
If using the document glass to scan more than one original, select Yes to add another page. Load  
another original and press OK.  
When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.  
The machine returns to Ready mode. The display reminds you that you are in Ready mode and that a  
delayed fax is set.  
Adding Documents to a Delayed Fax  
You can add additional documents to the Delayed Fax job which is saved in memory.  
1. Load the originals to be added and select the fax settings required.  
2. Press Fax on the control panel.  
3. Press Menu on the control panel.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Add Page and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows until the fax job you want appears and press OK.  
6. Press Start.  
If adding more than one original, select Yes at the Another Page? prompt. Load another original  
and press OK.  
When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.  
Canceling a Delayed Fax  
You can cancel a Delayed Fax job which is saved in memory.  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Cancel Job and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows until the fax job you want appears and press OK.  
Press OK when Yes highlights to confirm and cancel the job.  
The selected fax is deleted from memory.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Using Fax Send Options  
Priority Send  
This function is used when a high priority fax needs to be sent ahead of other fax jobs in memory. The  
original is scanned into memory and immediately transmitted when the current operation is finished.  
In addition, a Priority Send fax will interrupt a Multi Send fax being sent. The fax is interrupted between  
destinations, for example after the transmission to destination A ends and before the transmission to  
destination B begins, or between redial attempts.  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Priority Send and press OK.  
You can select speed dial numbers or a group dial number using the Address book button. For  
details, see Address Book on page 86.  
5. Enter the job name you want and press OK. If you do not want to assign a name, skip this step.  
For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.  
6. Load originals and press Start.  
If an original is placed on the document glass, select Yes at the Another Page? prompt. Load  
another original and press OK.  
When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.  
The machine scans and sends the fax to the destinations entered.  
82  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Using Fax Forward  
Using Fax Forward  
You can set the machine to forward a received or sent fax to another fax, e-mail or server destination. If  
you are out of the office but have to receive the fax, this feature may be useful.  
When you forward a fax to an e-mail address or an FTP or SMB server, you must use CentreWare  
Internet Services to set up the destination details. You can forward a fax to a total of five destinations.  
Refer to the System Administrator Guide for instructions.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
Forwarding Sent Faxes  
You can set the machine to forward a copy of every fax sent to another fax number, an e-mail address  
or a server location. A copy of all sent faxes will continue to be forwarded to the destination set until  
the option is deactivated. To deactivate Fax Forward, refer to Deactivating Fax Forward on page 84.  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Forward and press OK.  
4. Select the option required:  
Fax  
a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax and press OK.  
b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Send Forward and press OK.  
c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.  
d. Enter the fax number to which faxes are to be sent and press OK.  
E-mail  
a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight E-mail and press OK.  
b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Send Forward and press OK.  
c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.  
d. Enter your e-mail address and press OK.  
e. Enter the e-mail address to which faxes are to be sent and press OK.  
Server  
a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Server and press OK.  
b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Send Forward and press OK.  
c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.  
Forwarding Received Faxes  
You can forward faxes received from remote fax machines to another fax number, an e-mail address or  
a server location. When the machine receives a fax, it is stored in memory and then sent to the  
destination you have set. All received faxes will continue to be forwarded to the destination set until  
the option is deactivated. To deactivate Fax Forward, refer to Deactivating Fax Forward on page 84.  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Using Fax Forward  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Forward and press OK.  
4. Select the option required:  
Fax  
a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax and press OK.  
b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receive Forward and press OK.  
c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.  
d. Enter the fax number to which faxes are to be sent and press OK.  
E-mail  
a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight E-mail and press OK.  
b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receive Forward and press OK.  
c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.  
d. Enter your e-mail address and press OK.  
e. Enter the e-mail address to which faxes are to be sent and press OK.  
Server  
a. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Server and press OK.  
b. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receive Forward and press OK.  
c. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.  
Deactivating Fax Forward  
Follow the steps below to deactivate the Fax Forward option.  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Feature and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Forward and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax, E-mail or Server and press OK.  
6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Send Forward or Receive Forward and press OK.  
7. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Off and press OK.  
84  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Using Secure Receive  
Using Secure Receive  
You may need to prevent your received faxes from being accessed by unauthorized people. In secure  
receive mode, all incoming faxes go into memory until they are accessed and released for printing. A  
4-digit password can be set to prevent faxes being printed by unauthorized users. If Secure Receive  
mode is deactivated, any faxes stored in memory are automatically printed.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
Activating Secure Receive  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Secure Receive and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On and press OK.  
5. Enter the four-digit password you want to use and press OK.  
You can activate secure receive mode without setting a password, but this will not protect your  
faxes.  
Re-enter the password to confirm it and press OK.  
When a fax is received in secure receive mode, your machine stores it in memory and shows Secure  
Receive to let you know that a fax has been received.  
Deactivating Secure Receive Mode  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Secure Receive and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Off and press OK.  
5. If required, enter the four-digit password and press OK.  
The mode is deactivated and the machine prints all faxes stored in memory.  
Printing Secure Faxes  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Menu on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Secure Receive and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Print and press OK.  
5. If required, enter the four-digit password and press OK.  
The machine prints all of the faxes stored in memory.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Address Book  
Address Book  
You can use CentreWare Internet Services to set up an Address Book with the fax numbers you use  
frequently and then easily and quickly enter fax numbers by selecting them from the Address Book.  
Refer to the System Administrator Guide for detailed instructions on setting up an Address Book.  
You can also set up an Address Book at the machine. The address book can store up to 500 entries on  
the WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI and up to 200 entries on the WorkCentre 3315DN. You can  
include Speed Dial numbers and Group numbers and also print out a list of all the address book entries.  
Before beginning to store fax numbers, make sure that your machine is in Fax mode.  
Speed Dial Numbers  
You can store up to 200 frequently-used fax numbers as speed dial numbers.  
Registering a Speed Dial Number  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Address Book on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight New & Edit and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Speed Dial and press OK.  
5. Enter a speed dial number between 1 and 200 and press OK.  
If an entry is already stored in the number you choose, a message is displayed. To start over with  
another speed dial number, press Back.  
6. Enter the name you want and press OK.  
For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.  
7. Enter the fax number you want and press OK.  
8. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Editing Speed Dial Numbers  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Address Book on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight New & Edit and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Speed Dial and press OK.  
5. Enter the speed dial number you want to edit and press OK.  
6. Edit the details required:  
Change the name and press OK.  
Change the fax number and press OK.  
7. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
86  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Address Book  
Using Speed Dial Numbers  
When you are prompted to enter a destination number while sending a fax, enter the speed dial  
number representing the stored number you want.  
For a one-digit (0-9) speed dial number, press and hold the corresponding digit button on the  
number keypad.  
For a two or three-digit speed dial number, press the first digit button(s) and then hold down the  
last digit button.  
You can also search through memory for an entry by pressing Address Book. (See Address Book on  
page 86.)  
Group Dial Numbers  
If you frequently send the same document to several destinations, you can group these destinations  
and set them under a group dial number. You can then use a group dial number to send a document to  
all of the destinations within the group. You can set up to 200 group dial numbers using the  
destination’s existing speed dial numbers.  
Registering a Group Dial Number  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Address Book on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight New & Edit and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Group Dial and press OK.  
5. Enter a group dial number between 1 and 200 and press OK.  
If an entry is already stored in the number you choose, the display shows a message to allow you  
to change it.  
6. Enter the name you want and press OK.  
For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad on page 13.  
7. Enter the first few letters of the speed dial’s name you want.  
8. Press the up/down arrows until the name and number you want highlights and press OK.  
9. Press OK when Yes highlights at the Add Another? prompt.  
Repeat the steps to add other speed dial numbers into the group.  
When you have finished, press the left/right arrows to select No at the Add Another? prompt and  
press OK.  
10. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Editing a Group Dial Number  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Address Book on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight New & Edit and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Group Dial and press OK.  
5. Enter the group dial number you want to edit and press OK.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Address Book  
6. Enter the name you want to edit and press OK.  
7. Enter the first few letters of the speed dial name you want to add or delete.  
8. Press the up/down arrows until the name and number you want highlights and press OK.  
If you entered a new speed dial number, Add? appears.  
If you enter a speed dial number stored in the group, Delete? appears.  
Press OK to add or delete the number.  
9. Press OK when Yes highlights to add or delete more numbers and repeat the steps.  
When you have finished, press the left/right arrows to select No at the Another Number? and  
press OK.  
10. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Using Group Dial Numbers  
To use a group dial entry, you need to search for and select it from memory.  
When you are prompted to enter a fax number while sending a fax, press Address Book. There are two  
ways to search for a number in memory. You can either scan from A to Z sequentially, or you can search  
by entering the first letters of the name associated with the number.  
Searching Sequentially  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Address Book on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Search & Dial and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Group Dial and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight All and press OK.  
6. Press the up/down arrows until the name and number you want highlights. You can search  
upwards or downwards through the entire memory in alphabetical order.  
Searching using the Name  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Address Book on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Search & Dial and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Group Dial and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Search ID and press OK.  
Enter the first few letters of the name you want.  
6. Press the up/down arrows until the group dial’s name and number you want highlights.  
Deleting an Address Book Entry  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Address Book on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Delete and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Speed Dial or Group Dial and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows until the searching method you want highlights and press OK.  
88  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Address Book  
Select Search All to search for an entry by scanning through all entries in Address Book.  
Select Search ID to search for an entry by entering the first few letters of the name.  
6. Press the up/down arrows until the name you want highlights and press OK.  
Or, enter the first letters. Press the up/down arrows until the name you want highlights and press  
OK.  
7. Press OK when Yes highlights to confirm the deletion.  
8. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Printing the Address Book  
You can check your Address Book settings by printing a list.  
1. Press Fax on the control panel.  
2. Press Address Book on the control panel.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Print and press OK.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Fax from PC  
Fax from PC  
You can send a fax from your PC without going to the machine. To send a fax from your PC you will  
need to install the PC-Fax software and customize the software settings. Refer to the System  
Administrator Guide for setup instructions.  
To send a fax from the PC:  
1. Open the document you want to send.  
2. Select Print from the File menu.  
The Print window is displayed. It may look  
slightly different depending on your application.  
3. Select Xerox MFP PC Fax from the Name  
drop-down list box.  
4. Select OK. The Fax Options screen displays.  
5. Select the Add button to add new recipients,  
either by directly typing names and fax numbers  
or by adding names from the relevant address  
book.  
6. Select the quality required for the fax - either  
Standard or Fine.  
7. If you want to add a cover page to your fax,  
check the Use Cover Page checkbox and  
complete the cover page information fields.  
Select the Advanced button to access more  
options for the cover page.  
8. To see a preview of the fax before it is sent, select  
the Preview button.  
9. To be notified of the time of the fax delivery,  
check the Notify me on delivery checkbox.  
10. When all selections have been made, select the Send button to send the fax to all listed recipients.  
90  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Receiving Faxes  
Receiving Faxes  
Manual Receive  
There are two methods for receiving a fax manually:  
On Hook Dial: You can receive a fax call by pressing On Hook Dial and then pressing Start when  
you hear a fax tone from the remote machine. The machine begins receiving a fax. If a handset is  
available you can answer calls using the handset.  
To change the number of rings, see Fax Setup on page 166.  
Using an Extension Telephone: This feature works best when you are using an extension  
telephone connected to the EXT socket on the back of your machine. You can receive a fax from  
someone you are talking to on the extension telephone, without going to the fax machine. When  
you receive a call on the extension phone and hear fax tones, press the keys *9* on the extension  
phone. The machine receives the fax.  
*9* is the remote receive code preset at the factory. The first and the last asterisks are fixed, but  
you can change the middle number to whatever you wish. For details about changing the RCV  
Start Code, see Receiving on page 167.  
Using an Answering Machine  
To use this mode, you must attach an answering machine to the EXT socket on the back of your  
machine. If the caller leaves a message, the answering machine stores the message as it would  
normally. If your machine detects a fax tone on the line, it automatically starts to receive the fax.  
Notes:  
If you have set your machine to this mode and your answering machine is switched off,  
or no answering machine is connected to EXT socket, your machine automatically goes  
into Fax mode after a predefined number of rings.  
If your answering machine has a user-selectable ring counter, set the machine to answer  
incoming calls within 1 ring.  
If you are in Tel mode when the answering machine is connected to your machine, you  
must switch off the answering machine. otherwise, the outgoing message from the  
answering machine will interrupt your phone conversation.  
Using DRPD Mode  
Distinctive Ring is a telephone company service which enables a user to use a single telephone line to  
answer several different telephone numbers. The particular number someone uses to call you is  
identified by different ringing patterns, which consist of various combinations of long and short ringing  
sounds. This feature is often used by answering services who answer telephones for many different  
clients and need to know which number someone is calling in on to properly answer the phone.  
Using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) feature, your fax machine can learn the ring  
pattern you designate to be answered by the fax machine. Unless you change it, this ringing pattern  
will continue to be recognized and answered as a fax call, and all other ringing patterns will be  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Receiving Faxes  
forwarded to the extension telephone or answering machine plugged into the EXT socket. You can  
easily suspend or change DRPD at any time.  
Before using the DRPD option, Distinctive Ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the  
telephone company. To set up DRPD, you will need another telephone line at your location, or someone  
available to dial your fax number from outside.  
For information about setting up DRPD, refer to Setting up DRPD Mode on page 168.  
Receiving Faxes in Memory  
Since your machine is a multi-tasking device, it can receive faxes while you are making copies or  
printing. If you receive a fax while you are copying or printing, your machine stores incoming faxes in  
its memory. Then, as soon as you finish copying or printing, the machine automatically prints the fax.  
92  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Print  
6
The Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI produces high quality prints from electronic  
documents. You can access the printer from your computer by installing the appropriate printer driver.  
To access the many printer drivers which can be used with your machine, refer to the Drivers CD or  
This chapter includes:  
Printing using Windows on page 94  
Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM) on page 113  
Wireless Setting Program (WorkCentre 3325DNI) on page 114  
SetIP on page 116  
Printing using Macintosh on page 117  
Printing using Linux on page 120  
Printing using Unix on page 122  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Printing using Windows  
Printing using Windows  
The following provides an overview of the print procedure and features available when printing using  
Windows.  
Install Printer Software  
You can install the printer software for local printing and network printing. To install the printer  
software on the computer, perform the appropriate installation procedure depending on the printer in  
use. The printer software also provides the Fax from PC function if selected during the installation  
process.  
A printer driver is software that lets your computer communicate with your printer. The procedure to  
install drivers may differ depending on the operating system you are using. All applications should be  
closed on your PC before beginning installation.  
You can install the printer software for a local, networked or wireless printer using the typical or custom  
method. For further information refer to the System Administrator Guide.  
Local Printer  
A local printer is a printer directly attached to your computer using a printer cable, such as a USB cable.  
If your printer is attached to a network, refer to Networked Printer on page 96.  
Note: If the “New Hardware Wizard” window appears during the installation procedure, select  
Close or Cancel.  
1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer and powered on.  
2. Insert the supplied CD-ROM into  
your CD-ROM drive. The CD-ROM  
should automatically run, and an  
installation window appear.  
If the installation window  
does not appear, select the  
Start button and then Run.  
Type X:\Setup.exe,  
replacing “X” with the letter  
which represents your drive  
and select OK.  
If you use Windows Vista,  
select Start > All programs  
> Accessories > Run, and  
type X:\Setup.exe. If the  
AutoPlay window appears in  
Windows Vista, select Run Setup.exe in the Install or run program field, and select Continue  
in the User Account Control window.  
3. Select Install Software.  
94  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Printing using Windows  
4. Select Typical installation for a  
local printer and follow the  
wizard instructions to install the  
local printer.  
If your printer is not already connected to the computer, the Connect Device screen will appear.  
After connecting the printer, select Next.  
Note: If you don’t want to  
connect the printer at this time,  
select Next and then No on the  
following screen. Then the  
installation will start and a test  
page will not be printed at the  
end of the installation.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing using Windows  
5. After the installation is finished,  
select Finish.  
If your printer is connected to the  
computer, a Test Print page will be  
successful, continue on to Print  
Procedure on page 102 in this  
document. If the print operation  
failed, refer to Troubleshooting on  
page 188.  
Networked Printer  
When you connect your printer to a network, you must first configure the TCP/IP settings for the  
printer. After you have assigned and verified the TCP/IP settings, you are ready to install the software  
on each computer on the network.  
1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your network and powered on. For details about  
connecting to the network, refer to the System Administrator Guide.  
2. Insert the supplied CD-ROM into  
your CD-ROM drive.  
The CD-ROM should  
automatically run, and an  
installation window appears.  
If the installation window  
does not appear, select the  
Start button and then Run.  
Type X:\Setup.exe,  
replacing “X” with the letter  
which represents your drive  
and select OK.  
If you use Windows Vista,  
select Start > All programs  
> Accessories > Run, and  
type X:\Setup.exe. If the  
AutoPlay window appears in Windows Vista, select Run Setup.exe in Install or run program  
field, and select Continue in the User Account Control window.  
3. Select Install Software.  
96  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Printing using Windows  
4. Select Typical installation for a  
network printer and follow the  
wizard instruction to select and  
install the printer.  
Note: For custom install  
instructions, refer to the System  
Administrator Guide.  
5. After the installation is finished,  
select Finish.  
If your printer is connected to the  
network, a Test Print page will be  
successful, continue on to Print  
Procedure on page 102 in this  
document. If the print operation  
failed, refer to Troubleshooting on  
page 188.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing using Windows  
Custom Installation  
With the custom installation, you can choose individual components to install.  
1. Make sure that the printer is  
connected to your computer and  
powered on.  
2. Insert the supplied CD-ROM into  
your CD-ROM drive.  
The CD-ROM should  
automatically run, and an  
installation window appears. If  
the installation window does not  
appear, select Start and then  
Run. Type X:\Setup.exe, replacing  
"X" with the letter which  
represents your drive and select  
OK.  
If you use Windows Vista, select  
Start > All programs > Accessories  
> Run, and type X:\Setup.exe.  
Note: If the AutoPlay window appears in Windows Vista, select Run Setup.exe in Install or run  
program field, and select Continue in the User Account Control window.  
3. Select Install Software.  
4. Select Custom installation.  
5. Select Next.  
98  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing using Windows  
6. Select your printer and select  
Next.  
Note: If your printer is not  
already connected to the  
computer, the following window  
will appear.  
7. Connect the printer and select  
Next.  
If you don't want to connect the  
printer at this time, select Next,  
and then No on the following  
screen. Then the installation will  
start and a test page will not be  
printed at the end of the  
installation.  
Note: The installation window  
that appears in this User Guide  
may differ depending on the  
printer and interface in use.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing using Windows  
8. Select the components to be  
installed and select Next. You  
can change the desired  
installation folder by selecting  
Browse.  
9. After the installation is finished,  
a window asking you to print a  
test page appears. If you choose  
to print a test page, select the  
checkbox and select Next.  
Otherwise, just select Next and  
skip to step10.  
10. If the test page prints out  
correctly, select Yes. If not, select  
No to reprint it.  
11. Select Finish.  
Wireless Printer (WorkCentre 3325DNI)  
When you connect your printer to a network, you must first configure the TCP/IP settings for the  
printer. After you have assigned and verified the TCP/IP settings, you are ready to install the software  
on each computer on the network.  
1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer with a usb cable and powered on. For  
details about connecting to the network, refer to the System Administrator Guide.  
100  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing using Windows  
2. Insert the supplied CD-ROM into  
your CD-ROM drive.  
The CD-ROM should  
automatically run, and an  
installation window appears.  
If the installation window  
does not appear, select the  
Start button and then Run.  
Type X:\Setup.exe,  
replacing “X” with the letter  
which represents your drive  
and select OK.  
If you use Windows Vista,  
select Start > All programs  
> Accessories > Run, and  
type X:\Setup.exe. If the  
AutoPlay window appears in Windows Vista, select Run Setup.exe in Install or run program  
field, and select Continue in the User Account Control window.  
3. Select Install Software.  
4. Select Wireless Setup and follow  
the wizard instruction to select  
and install the printer.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing using Windows  
If your printer is not already  
connected to the computer, the  
Connect Device screen will  
appear. After connecting the  
printer, select Next and follow  
the wizard instruction to install  
the printer.  
5. After the installation is finished,  
select Finish.  
If your printer is connected to the  
network, a Test Print page will be  
successful, continue on to Print  
Procedure on page 102 in this  
document. If the print operation  
failed, refer to Troubleshooting on  
page 188.  
For more information refer to the  
System Administrator Guide.  
Print Procedure  
Documents can be printed from your computer using the printer drivers supplied. The printer driver  
must be loaded on each PC which uses the machine for printing.  
Notes:  
Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
102  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Printing using Windows  
1. Select Print in your application.  
2. From the Printer: Name drop  
down menu, select your machine.  
3. Select Properties or Preferences  
to make your print selections on  
the individual tabs. For more  
following:  
Basic Tab on page 103  
Paper Tab on page 105  
Graphics Tab on page 107  
Advanced Tab on page 108  
page 111  
Xerox Tab on page 112  
4. Select OK to confirm your  
selections.  
5. Select OK to print your document.  
Basic Tab  
The Basic Tab provides selections for  
the print mode to use and options to  
adjust how the document appears on  
the printed page. These options  
include orientation settings, quality  
settings, layout options and  
double-sided printing settings.  
Note: Some options may be  
unavailable depending on your  
printer model and configuration.  
Print Mode  
The Print Mode drop down menu  
enables selection of various job types.  
Note: Not all job types are  
available, depending on your  
model and machine  
configuration.  
Normal: This is the default print  
mode and is used for printing  
without saving the print file in  
memory.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Printing using Windows  
Sample: Useful when printing more than one copy. Allows you to print one copy first, and the rest  
of the copies later when they have been checked.  
Secure: This mode is used for printing confidential documents. A pop-up screen enables you to  
enter a 4-digit password. At the machine, re-enter the password to release the job for print.  
Save: Select this option to save a document on the printer without printing. If you want to save it  
as a secure job, enter a job name and 4-digit passcode in the pop-up screen. This feature requires  
you to enter a passcode at the printer to release the job.  
Save and Print: This mode is used when printing and storing a job at the same time. Enter a job  
name and 4-digit password in the pop-up screen to save the job.  
Spool: This mode can be used when handling large amounts of data. If you select this setting, the  
printer spools the document onto the HDD and then prints it from the HDD queue, decreasing the  
computer’s work load.  
Print Schedule: Select this option to print the document at a specified time. Enter the date and  
time to print the job in the pop up screen.  
Printing a Secure or Saved Job  
At the machine:  
1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel.  
2. Use the up/down arrows to select Saved Jobs and press OK.  
3. Use the up/down arrows to highlight the job you want to print and select OK. Select Release and  
select OK. If the job is passcode protected, enter the passcode you set in the print driver and select  
Print.  
4. Enter the required number of copies and press OK to print your document.  
Orientation  
Orientation allows you to select the direction in which information is printed on a page.  
Portrait: Prints across the width of the page, letter style.  
Landscape: Prints across the length of the page, spreadsheet style.  
Rotate 180 Degrees: This allows you to rotate the page 180degrees.  
Quality  
Use this option to select the image quality setting required.  
Best: Use this option if printing graphics or photographs.  
Normal: Use this option for text or line art.  
Layout Options  
Layout Options allow you to select a different layout for your output. You can select the number of  
pages to print on a single sheet of paper. To print more than one page per sheet, the pages will be  
reduced in size and arranged in the order you specify.  
Single Page Per Side: Use this option if the layout does not require changing.  
104  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Printing using Windows  
Multiple Pages Per Side: Use this option to print multiple pages on each page. You can print up to  
16 pages on one sheet. Select the number of images required on each side, the page order and if  
borders are required.  
Poster Printing: Use this option to divide a single-page document onto 4, 9 or 16 segments. Each  
segment will be printed on a single sheet of paper for the purpose of pasting the sheets together  
to form one poster-size document. Select Poster 2x2 for 4 pages, Poster 3x3 for 9 pages or Poster  
4x4 for 16 pages. Then choose the overlap amount in mm or inches.  
Booklet Printing: This allows you to print your document on both sides of the paper and arrange  
the pages so that the paper can be folded in half after printing to produce a booklet.  
2 sided Printing  
You can print on both sides of a sheet of paper. Before printing, decide how you want your document  
oriented.  
Printer Default: If you select this option, this feature is determined by the settings made on the  
control panel of the printer.  
None: The document is printed single-sided.  
Long Edge: This is the conventional layout used in book binding.  
Short Edge: This is the type often used with calendars.  
Reverse Double-Sided Printing: The document is printed two sided and the second side images  
are rotated 180 degrees.  
Paper Tab  
Use the Paper Tab options to set the  
basic paper handling specifications  
when you access the printer  
properties.  
Copies  
This allows you to choose the number  
of copies to be printed. You can select  
1 to 999 copies.  
Paper Options  
Size: This allows you to set the  
size of paper required for  
printing. If the required size is  
not listed in the Size box, select  
Edit. When the Custom Paper  
Setting window appears, set the  
paper size and select OK. The  
setting appears in the list so that  
you can select it.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Printing using Windows  
Source: Use this option to select the paper tray required. Use the bypass tray when printing on  
special materials like envelopes and transparencies. If the paper source is set to Auto Select, the  
printer automatically selects the paper source based on the requested size.  
Type: Set Type to correspond to the paper loaded in the tray selected. This will provide the best  
quality printout. If printing Envelopes, ensure the Envelope tab is selected.  
Advanced: The advanced paper options allow you to select a different paper source for the first  
page of your document or to add a front and/or back cover or to select transparency separators.  
First Page: To have the first page printed on a different paper type from the rest of the  
document select the paper tray containing the paper required.  
Cover Page: From the Cover Options drop-down list, select either No Covers, Front Cover,  
Back Cover or Front and Back Cover.  
From the Options drop-down list select whether the cover(s) are to be Blank or  
Preprinted,1 Sided Printed or 2 Sided Printed.  
From the Source drop-down list select the paper tray that contains the paper for the covers  
From the Type drop-down list select the type of paper for the covers.  
Transparency Separator: If transparency is selected as the paper type, you can select a blank  
or printed Separator page to be added from another paper tray. From the Source drop-down  
list, select the tray containing the paper for the separator. The separator page will be added  
after each transparency.  
Scaling Options  
This allows you to automatically or manually scale your print job on a page.  
Fit to Page: This allows you to scale your print job to any selected paper size, regardless of the  
digital document size.  
Percentage: Use this option to change the contents of a page to appear larger or smaller on the  
printed page. Enter the scaling rate in the Percentage input box.  
106  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Printing using Windows  
Graphics Tab  
Use the following options to adjust  
the print quality for your specific  
printing needs.  
Font/Text  
Darken Text: Use this option to  
select the level of darkness to  
apply to the text in your  
document.  
All Text Black: Select this  
checkbox to have all text in your  
document print in solid black,  
regardless of the color it appears  
on the screen.  
Advanced: Use this option to set  
font options. True Type fonts can  
be downloaded as Outline or  
Bitmap Images or printed as  
Graphics. Select the Use Printer  
Fonts option if the fonts do not  
require downloading and the  
printer fonts should be used.  
Toner Save  
Selecting this option extends the life of your print cartridge and reduces your cost per page without a  
significant reduction in print quality.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Printing using Windows  
Advanced Tab  
You can select Advanced output  
options for your document, such as  
watermarks or overlay text.  
108  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Printing using Windows  
Watermark.  
This option allows you to print text  
over an existing document. There are  
several predefined watermarks that  
come with the printer which can be  
modified, or you can add new ones to  
the list.  
Using an Existing Watermark  
Select the required watermark from  
the Watermark drop-down list. You  
will see the selected watermark in the  
preview image.  
Creating a Watermark  
1. Select Edit from the Watermark  
drop-down list. The Edit  
Watermark window appears.  
2. Enter a text message in the  
Watermark Message box. You  
can enter up to 40 characters.  
The message displays in the  
preview window. When the First Page Only box is checked, the watermark prints on the first page  
only.  
3. Select the watermark options. You can select the font name, style, size or shade from the Font  
Attributes section and set the angle of the watermark from the Message Angle section.  
4. Select Add to add the new watermark to the list.  
5. When you have finished editing, select OK.  
Editing a Watermark  
1. Select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermark window appears.  
2. Select the watermark you want to edit from the Current Watermarks list and change the  
watermark message options.  
3. Select Update to save the changes.  
4. When you have finished editing, select OK.  
Deleting a Watermark  
1. Select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermark window appears.  
2. Select the watermark you want to delete from the Current Watermarks list and select Delete.  
3. Select OK.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Printing using Windows  
Overlay  
An Overlay is text and/or images stored on the computer hard disk drive as a special file format that  
can be printed on any document. Overlays are often used to take the place of preprinted forms and  
letterhead paper.  
Note: This option is only available when you use the PCL6 Printer Driver.  
Creating a New Page Overlay  
To use a page overlay, you must first create one containing your logo or another image.  
1. Create or open a document containing text or an image for use in a new page overlay. Position the  
items exactly as you want them to appear when printed as an overlay.  
2. Select Edit from the Overlay drop-down list. The Edit Overlay window appears.  
3. Select Create and type a name in the File name box. Select the destination path, if necessary.  
4. Select Save. The name appears in the Overlay List box.  
5. Select OK.  
Note: The overlay document size must be the same as the documents you print with the overlay.  
Do not create an overlay with a watermark.  
6. Select OK on the Advanced tab page.  
7. Select OK in the main Print window.  
8. An Are you Sure? message displays. Select Yes to confirm.  
Using a Page Overlay  
1. Select the required overlay from the Overlay drop-down list box.  
If the overlay file you want does not appear in the overlay list, select the Edit button and Load  
Overlay, and select the Overlay file.  
If you have stored the overlay file you want to use in an external source, you can also load the file  
when you access the Load Overlay window.  
After you select the file, select Open. The file appears in the Overlay List box and is available for  
printing. Select the overlay from the Overlay List box.  
2. If necessary, select Confirm Page Overlay When Printing. If this box is checked, a message  
window appears each time you submit a document for printing, asking you to confirm your wish to  
print an overlay on your document.  
If this box is not checked and an overlay has been selected, the overlay automatically prints with  
your document.  
3. Select OK.  
Deleting a Page Overlay  
1. Select Edit from the Overlay drop-down list. The Edit Overlay window appears.  
2. Select the Overlay you want to delete from the Overlay List box.  
3. Select Delete Overlay. When a confirming message window appears, select Yes.  
4. Select OK.  
110  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Printing using Windows  
Output Options  
Select the required Print order from the drop-down list box:  
Normal: All pages are printed.  
Reverse All Pages: Your printer prints all pages from the last page to the first page.  
Print Odd Pages: Your printer prints only the odd numbered pages of the document.  
Print Even Pages: Your printer prints only the even numbered pages of the document.  
Tick the Skip Blank Pages checkbox if you do not want blank pages to be printed.  
To add a binding margin, tick the Manual Margin checkbox and select Details to select the margin  
position and width.  
Security  
The Job Encryption feature is enabled only when the HDD is installed. This feature protects the printing  
information even though the data is sent over the network. When the Job Encryption checkbox is  
checked, the printing data is encrypted and transmitted to the machine. The HDD is used to decrypt  
the printing data before it is printed.  
Earth Smart Tab  
The Earth Smart Tab provides options  
to decrease the amount of energy  
and paper used in the printing process  
and displays a visual representation  
of the savings made.  
Type  
The Type drop-down list is used to  
select the main Earth Smart option  
for the printer.  
None: No energy or paper saving  
options are automatically  
selected.  
Earth Smart Printing: When this  
option is selected, 2 Sided  
Printing, Layout, Skip Blank  
Pages and Toner Save can be  
customized to suit requirements.  
Printer Default. This option  
automatically selects the printer  
default settings.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Printing using Windows  
Result Simulator  
This area of the Earth Smart Tab shows a visual representation of the estimated energy and paper  
savings based on the selections made.  
Xerox Tab  
This tab provides version and  
copyright information as well as links  
to drivers and downloads, supplies  
ordering and the Xerox website.  
112  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM)  
Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM)  
Xerox Easy Printer Manager is a Windows-based application that combines Xerox machine settings  
into one location. Xerox Easy Printer Manager conveniently combines device settings as well as  
printing/scanning environments, settings/actions, Scan to PC and Fax to PC. All of these features  
provide a gateway to conveniently use Xerox devices.  
For information about using the Easy Printer Manager, refer to the Xerox WorkCentre  
3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI Utilities Guide available on Xerox.com.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Wireless Setting Program (WorkCentre 3325DNI)  
Wireless Setting Program  
(WorkCentre 3325DNI)  
When installing the WorkCentre 3325DNI you can use the Wireless Setting program that was  
automatically installed with the printer driver to configure the wireless settings.  
To open the program:  
1. Select Start > Programs or All Programs > Xerox Printers > Xerox WorkCentre 3325 > Wireless  
Setting Program.  
2. Connect the machine to your  
computer using the USB cable.  
Note: During installation, the  
printer needs to be temporarily  
connected using the USB cable.  
3. Select Next.  
114  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Wireless Setting Program (WorkCentre 3325DNI)  
4. Once the machine is connected  
to the computer with the USB  
cable, the program searches for  
WLAN data.  
Note: It may be necessary to  
select the program again before  
this screen appears.  
5. When the search is complete, the  
wireless Network Setting  
Information is displayed.  
6. If you want to configure the  
settings, select Next.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SetIP  
SetIP  
The SetIP program is a utility program allowing you to select a network interface and manually  
configure the addresses for use with the TCP/IP protocol. This program is on the software CD that  
comes with your printer.  
For information on using the SetIP program, refer to the Xerox WorkCentre  
3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI Utilities Guide available on Xerox.com.  
116  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Printing using Macintosh  
Printing using Macintosh  
This section explains how to print using a Macintosh. You need to set the print environment before  
printing. Refer to the System Administrator Guide.  
Smart Panel is a program that monitors and informs you of the machine’s status, and allows you to  
customize the machine’s settings. Smart Panel is installed automatically when you install the machine  
software.  
Printing a Document  
When you print with a Macintosh, you need to check the printer driver setting in each application you  
use. Follow the steps below to print from a Macintosh.  
1. Open the document you want to print.  
2. Open the File menu and select Page Setup (Document Setup in some applications).  
3. Choose your paper size, orientation, scaling and other options. Make sure that your machine is  
selected and select OK.  
4. Open the File menu and select Print.  
5. Choose the number of copies you want and indicate which pages you want to print.  
6. Select Print.  
Changing Printer Settings  
You can use advanced printing features provided by your machine.  
Open an application and select Print from the File menu. The machine name, which appears in the  
printer properties window may differ depending on the machine in use. Except for the name, the  
composition of the printer properties window is similar to the following.  
Note: The setting options may differ depending on the printer and the Macintosh OS version.  
Layout  
The Layout tab provides options to adjust how the document appears on the printed page. You can  
print multiple pages on one sheet of paper.  
Graphics  
The Graphics tab provides options for selecting Resolution. Select Graphics from the drop-down list  
under Orientation to access the graphic features.  
Resolution  
This option allows you to select the printing resolution. The higher the setting, the sharper the clarity of  
printed characters and graphics. The higher setting also may increase the time it takes to print a  
document.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Printing using Macintosh  
Paper  
Set Paper Type to correspond to the paper loaded in the tray from which you want to print. This will let  
you get the best quality printout. If you load a different type of print material, select the corresponding  
paper type.  
Printer Features  
The Printer Features tab provides Reverse Duplex Printing. Select Printer Features from the  
drop-down list under Orientation to access the following features.  
Reverse Duplex Printing: The document is printed 2 sided and the second side images are rotated  
180 degrees.  
Toner Save Mode  
Selecting this option extends the life of your print cartridge and reduces your cost per page without a  
significant reduction in print quality.  
On: Select this option to allow the printer to use less toner on each page.  
Off: If you do not need to save toner when printing a document, select this option.  
Printing Multiple Pages on one Sheet  
You can print more than one page on a single sheet of paper. This feature provides a cost-effective way  
to print draft pages.  
1. Open an application, and select Print from the File menu.  
2. Select Layout from the drop-down list under Orientation. In the Pages per Sheet drop-down list,  
select the number of pages you want to print on one sheet of paper.  
3. Select the other options you want to use.  
4. Select Print. The machine prints the selected number of pages you want to print on one sheet of  
paper.  
Two Sided Printing  
You can print on both sides of the paper. Before printing in the duplex mode, decide on which edge you  
will be binding your finished document.  
1. From your Macintosh application, select Print from the File menu.  
2. Select Layout from the drop-down list under Orientation.  
3. Select a binding orientation from the Two Sided Printing option:  
Long-Edge Binding: This option is the conventional layout used in book binding.  
Short-Edge Binding: This option is the type often used with calendars.  
4. Select the other options you want to use and select Print.  
118  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Printing using Macintosh  
Using Smart Panel  
If an error occurs while operating, you can check the error from the Smart Panel. You can also launch  
Smart Panel manually:  
For Mac OS 10.5: Select Print & Fax from System Preferences > Open Printer Queue... of a printer >  
Utility.  
For Mac OS 10.6: Select Print & Fax from System Preferences > Open Printer Queue... of a printer >  
Printer Setup > Utility > Open Printer Utility.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing using Linux  
Printing using Linux  
Printing from Applications  
There are a lot of Linux applications that allow you to print using Common UNIX Printing System  
(CUPS). You can print on your machine from any such application.  
1. Open an application, and select Print from the File menu.  
2. Select Print directly using lpr.  
3. In the LPR GUI window, select the machine from the printer list and select Properties.  
4. Change the print job properties using the following four tabs displayed at the top of the window.  
General: This option allows you to change the paper size, the paper type, and the orientation  
of the documents. It enables the duplex feature, adds start and end banners, and changes  
the number of pages per sheet.  
Text: This option allows you to specify the page margins and set the text options, such as  
spacing or columns.  
Graphics: This option allows you to set image options that are used when printing image  
files, such as color options, image size, or image position.  
Advanced: This option allows you to set the print resolution, paper source, and destination.  
5. Select Apply to apply the changes and close the Properties window.  
6. Select OK in the LPR GUI window to start printing.  
The Printing window appears, allowing you to monitor the status of your print job.  
Printing Files  
You can print many different file types on your machine using the standard CUPS utility, directly from  
the command line interface. However, the drivers package replaces the standard lpr tool with a much  
more user-friendly LPR GUI program.  
To print any document file:  
1. Type lpr <file_name> from the Linux shell command line and press Enter. The LPR GUI window  
appears.  
2. When you type only lpr and press Enter, the Select file(s) to print window appears first. Just  
select any files you want to print and select Open.  
3. In the LPR GUI window, select your machine from the list, and change the print job properties.  
4. Select OK to start printing.  
Configuring Printer Properties  
Using the Printer Properties window provided by the Printers configuration, you can change the  
various properties for your machine as a printer.  
1. Open the Unified Driver Configurator.  
If necessary, switch to Printers configuration.  
2. Select your machine on the available printers list and select Properties.  
120  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Printing using Linux  
3. The Printer Properties window opens.  
The following five tabs display at the top of the window:  
General: This option allows you to change the printer location and name. The name entered  
in this tab displays on the printer list in Printers configuration.  
Connection: This option allows you to view or select another port. If you change the machine  
port from USB to parallel or vice versa while in use, you must re-configure the machine port in  
this tab.  
Driver: This option allows you to view or select another machine driver. By selecting Options,  
you can set the default device options.  
Jobs: This option shows the list of Print jobs. Select Cancel job to cancel the selected job and  
select the Show completed jobs check box to see previous jobs on the job list.  
Classes: This option shows the class that your machine is in. Select Add to Class to add your  
machine to a specific class or select Remove from Class to remove the machine from the  
selected class.  
4. Select OK to apply the changes and close the Printer Properties window.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing using Unix  
Printing using Unix  
Printing Files  
After installing the printer, choose any of the image, text, PS to print.  
1. Execute “printui <file_name_to_print>” command. For example, if you are printing “document1”  
use printui document1 command.  
This will open the UNIX Printer Driver Print Job Manager in which the user can select various print  
options.  
2. Select a printer that has already been added.  
3. Select the printing options from the window such as Page Selection.  
4. Select how many copies are needed in Number of Copies.  
5. Press OK to start the print job.  
Configuring Printer Properties  
The UNIX printer driver Print Job Manager allows you to configure various print options using the  
printer Properties option. The following hot keys may also be used: H for Help, O for OK, A for Apply,  
and C for Cancel.  
General Tab  
Paper Size: Set the paper size as A4, Letter, or other paper sizes, according to your requirements.  
Paper Type: Choose the type of the paper. Options available in the list box are Printer Default,  
Plain, and Thick.  
Paper Source: Select from which tray the paper is used. By default, it is Auto Selection.  
Orientation: Select the direction in which information is printed on a page.  
Duplex: Print on both sides of paper to save paper.  
Multiple pages: Print several pages on one side of the paper.  
Page Border: Choose any of the border styles (e.g., Single-line hairline, Double-line hairline)  
Image Tab  
In this tab, you can change the brightness, resolution, or image position of your document.  
Text Tab  
Use this tab to set the character margin, line space, or the columns of the actual print output.  
Margins Tab  
Use Margins: Set the margins for the document. By default, margins are not enabled. The user  
can change the margin settings by changing the values in the respective fields. Set by default,  
these values depend on the page size selected.  
122  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Printing using Unix  
Unit: Change the units to points, inches, or centimeters.  
Printer-Specific Settings Tab  
Select various options in the JCL and General frames to customize various settings. These options are  
specific to the printer and depend on the PPD file.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing using Unix  
124  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USB Port  
7
USB memory devices are available with a variety of memory capacities to give you more room for  
storing documents. For information about setting up and enabling the USB Port, refer to the System  
Administrator Guide.  
This chapter includes:  
Inserting the USB Memory Device on page 126  
Scanning to USB Memory Device on page 127  
Printing from USB Memory Device on page 128  
Managing USB Memory on page 129  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Inserting the USB Memory Device  
Inserting the USB Memory Device  
1. Check your USB Memory Device is within specification.  
Your machine supports USB memory devices with  
FAT16/FAT32 and sector size of 512 bytes.  
You must use only an authorized USB memory  
device with an A plug type connector.  
Use only an USB memory device with  
metal-shielded connector.  
2. Insert the USB memory device into the USB memory port  
on your machine.  
CAUTIONS:  
Do not remove the USB memory device while it is in  
use.  
If your USB memory device has certain features,  
such as security settings and password settings, your  
machine may not automatically detect it. For details  
about these features, see your USB memory device  
User Guide.  
126  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Scanning to USB Memory Device  
Scanning to USB Memory Device  
You can scan a document and save the scanned image onto a USB memory device. When the USB  
Memory Device is inserted into the USB memory port, the option to Scan To USB is automatically  
displayed. If this option is selected, the machine immediately scans your documents using the default  
scan settings. If different scan settings are required for your job, change the settings prior to inserting  
the USB Memory Device. Refer to Select the Features on page 50 for information about changing the  
scan settings.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
1. Load the documents to be scanned either face down on the document glass or face up into the  
automatic document feeder.  
2. Insert a USB Memory Device into the USB memory port on your machine. The USB menu  
automatically displays.  
Note: When in Power Save mode, the machine will not recognize when a USB Memory Device is  
inserted into the USB port. Press any button to restore the machine to a normal state and reinsert  
the USB Memory Device into the port.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Scan to USB and press OK.  
4. Your machine begins scanning the original, and then asks if you want to scan another page.  
To scan another page, press the left/right arrows to highlight Yes and press OK. Load an original  
and press Start.  
Otherwise, press the left/right arrows to highlight No and press OK.  
After scanning is complete, you can remove the USB memory device from the machine.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Printing from USB Memory Device  
Printing from USB Memory Device  
You can directly print files stored on a USB memory device. You can print the following supported file  
types:  
PRN: Only files created by the driver provided with your machine are compatible. PRN files  
can be created by selecting the Print to file check box when you print a document. The  
document will be saved as a PRN file, rather than printed on paper. Only PRN files created  
using this method can be printed directly from a USB memory device.  
BMP: Uncompressed  
TIFF: TIFF 6.0 Baseline  
JPEG: JPEG Baseline  
PDF: PDF 1.7 and below  
PCL: A PCL file  
PS: A PostScript file  
TXT: A text file  
To print a document from a USB memory device:  
1. Insert a USB memory device into the USB memory port  
on your machine.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Print from USB  
and press OK.  
Your machine automatically detects the device and  
reads data stored on it.  
3. Press the up/down arrows until the folder or file you want  
highlights and press OK.  
If you see + in the front of a folder name, there are one  
or more files or folders in the selected folder.  
If you selected a folder, press the up/down arrows until  
the file you want highlights and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to select the number of copies  
to be printed or enter the number.  
5. Press OK or Start to start printing the selected file.  
After printing the file, the display asks if you want to print another job.  
6. To print another document, press the left/right arrows to highlight Yes and press OK.  
Otherwise, press the left/right arrows to highlight No and press OK.  
7. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
128  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Managing USB Memory  
Managing USB Memory  
You can delete image files stored on a USB memory device one by one or all at once by reformatting  
the device.  
CAUTION: After deleting files or reformatting a USB memory device, files cannot be restored.  
Therefore, confirm that you no longer need the data before deleting it.  
Deleting an Image File  
1. Insert a USB memory device into the USB memory port  
on your machine.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Manage Files and  
press OK.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Delete and press  
OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows until the folder or file you want  
highlights and press OK.  
If you see + in the front of a folder name, there are one  
or more files or folders in the selected folder.  
If you selected a file, the display shows the size of the file  
for about 2 seconds.  
If you selected a folder, press the up/down arrows until  
the file you want to delete highlights and press OK.  
5. To delete the file, press the up/down arrows to highlight Yes and press OK.  
6. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Formatting a USB Memory Device  
1. Insert a USB memory device into the USB memory port on your machine.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Manage Files and press OK.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Format and press OK.  
4. To format a USB memory device, press the up/down arrows to highlight Yes and press OK.  
5. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Viewing the USB Memory Status  
1. Insert a USB memory device into the USB memory port on your machine.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Available Space and press OK.  
The available memory space appears on the display.  
3. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Managing USB Memory  
130  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CentreWare Internet  
Services  
8
CentreWare Internet Services uses the embedded HTTP Server on the machine. This allows you to  
communicate with your machine through a web browser. Entering the IP Address of the machine as  
the URL (Universal Resource Locator) in the browser provides direct access to the machine over the  
internet or intranet. For detailed setup information refer to the System Administrator Guide.  
This chapter includes:  
Using CentreWare Internet Services on page 132  
Status on page 133  
Jobs on page 134  
Print on page 137  
Address Book on page 138  
Properties on page 141  
Support on page 142  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Using CentreWare Internet Services  
Using CentreWare Internet Services  
Prior to connecting to CentreWare Internet Services the machine must be connected to the network  
either physically (all models) or wirelessly (WorkCentre 3325DNI only) and have TCP/IP and HTTP  
enabled. An operational workstation with TCP/IP Internet or Intranet accessibility is also required.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
To access CentreWare Internet Services:  
1. Open the web browser from your workstation.  
2. In the URL field, enter http:// followed by the IP Address of the machine. For example: if the IP  
Address is 192.168.100.100, enter the following into the URL field: http://192.168.100.100  
3. Press Enter to view the Home page.  
The CentreWare Internet Services options for your machine are displayed.  
Note: To find the IP Address of your machine, print a configuration report. For instructions, refer to  
Information Pages on page 157.  
Home Page  
The Internet Services Home page  
provides information about your  
machine and access to the  
CentreWare Internet Services options.  
The Home Page provides information  
about the machine name and address  
details. Use the Refresh Status  
button to update the machine status  
information.  
The Earth Smart option available at  
the top of the screen enables this  
feature to be turned On or Off.  
Note: You must be logged in as Administrator to enable this feature.  
If a different language is required, select the language drop-down menu and change to the language  
required.  
Use the Index option to navigate to specific topics.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
132  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Status  
Status  
Use this option to review status information about your machine.  
The Status page allows you to view  
any active alerts being displayed by  
the machine, and see the status of  
the print cartridge.  
The Usage Counters page allows you  
to view the number of impressions,  
faxes and scans sent by the machine.  
In the Current Settings menu,  
information about the machine setup  
and network information can also be viewed.  
The Print Information page allows you to print the configuration report, address book, completed jobs  
list and other documents about the machine usage.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Jobs  
Jobs  
The Jobs tab enables you to setup  
and manage Local Drive Folders and  
provides access to the Job  
Management folders.  
Note: The Jobs tab is not present  
on the WorkCentre 3315DN  
unless the optional memory is  
installed and the RAM Disk  
enabled. When the Jobs tab is  
enabled the only options available are Active Jobs, Stored Print and Secure Print.  
Folders  
The Local Drive feature allows you to scan documents to the device hard drive and store them in  
folders. Folders are created and managed using Internet Services. Once a folder has been created, it is  
available for storing documents when the Local Drive option is selected at the device.  
Creating a Folder  
1. At your Workstation, open the web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the  
Address Bar.  
2. Press Enter.  
3. Click on the Jobs icon. The available folders are displayed. By default, the Default Public folder is  
available to store scanned images.  
4. To create a new folder, click on the Add Folder button.  
5. Enter the name of your folder in the Folder Name area.  
6. Enter the owner of your folder in the Owner area.  
7. To create a private folder, click the Private Folder checkbox. A private folder requires you to enter a  
password to access the folder. Enter a password for your private folder in the Password and  
Confirm Password areas.  
8. Click Apply. The new folder will appear in the folders list.  
9. Your new folder will be available to select in the Local Drive feature at the device.  
Using Folders  
1. At your Workstation, open the web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the  
Address Bar.  
2. Press Enter.  
3. Click on the Jobs icon. The available folders are displayed.  
4. Click on the folder required. A list of the jobs in the folder is displayed. The jobs can be filtered  
using the drop-down menu above the list.  
134  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Jobs  
5. Select the scanned document required. Select Delete to delete the document or Edit to change  
the document properties. To move or copy the document to another folder, drag the document  
icon to the folder required and select Move or Copy.  
Job Management  
Click the links in the left hand menu to see your jobs. The options are:  
Active Jobs  
Displays the list of jobs which are currently being processed on the device. The Job Name, Status and  
User are shown.  
1. To delete an active job select Active Jobs and then select the job requiring deletion.  
2. Select the Delete option.  
3. A confirmation message is displayed, select Yes to delete the job.  
Completed Jobs  
Displays a list of jobs which have been completed by the device. The Job Name, Status, User, Date of  
completion, Paper Size and Page Count are shown for each job.  
Stored Print  
Stored Print allows you to access and print your jobs which have been saved on the device.  
To Store a job on the device:  
1. Select a document to store and select file > print.  
2. Select the 3325 printer driver.  
3. Select Save and Print from the Print Mode menu.  
To print your Stored Job:  
1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Stored Print.  
2. Select your job and click Print. Your document will be printed at the device.  
To delete your Stored Job:  
1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Stored Print.  
2. Select your job and click Delete.  
3. A confirmation message is displayed, select Yes to delete the Stored Job. Your stored job is  
deleted.  
Secure Print  
Secure Print allows you to access and print your secure jobs which have been sent to the device.  
To send a Secure Print job:  
1. Open a document to print and select the 3325 printer driver.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Jobs  
2. Select Secure from the Print Mode menu and enter a 4-digit pin number for your job.  
To print your Secure Print Job:  
1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Secure Print.  
2. Select your job and click Print. Your document will be printed at the device.  
To delete your Secure Print Job:  
1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Secure Print.  
2. Select your job and click Delete.  
3. A confirmation message is displayed, select Yes to delete the Secure Print Job. Your Secure Print  
job is deleted.  
Secure Received Fax  
Allows you to access and print your Secure Fax jobs which have been received at the device.  
To print your Secure Received Fax Job:  
1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Secure Received Fax.  
2. Select your job and click Print. Your document will be printed at the device.  
To delete your Secure Received Fax Job:  
1. At the Internet Services Jobs screen select Secure Received Fax.  
2. Select your job and click Delete.  
3. A confirmation message is displayed, select Yes to delete the Secure Received Fax. The secure fax  
job is deleted.  
136  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Print  
Print  
The Print option enables you to send  
a print ready job to the printer over  
the internet. You can send the job  
from your desktop or from a remote  
location.  
File Download  
Print-ready documents can be quickly  
and easily submitted for printing  
using the File Download page. A  
print-ready document is a file that  
has been formatted and saved for printing from the application that created it, or the Print to File  
check box was checked in the printer driver screen.  
The following file formats can be printed from the Job Submission page:  
PDF  
PCL  
PostScript®  
Plain Text  
PRN files  
Large print jobs need adequate space on your hard drive when printing through Internet Services.  
1. At your Workstation, open the web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the  
Address Bar.  
2. Press Enter.  
3. Select the Print icon. The Print Options page displays.  
4. Select the number of copies required in the Quantity menu.  
5. Select the required orientation of your print from the Orientation menu.  
6. Select the required option for 2-Sided printing.  
7. In the Print-Ready File area, select the Browse button. The File Download page displays.  
8. Select the print-ready document and select OK.  
9. Select Apply to print the document.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Address Book  
Address Book  
The Address Book tab allows you to create individual and group address lists to use with the E-mail and  
Fax features. You can also use Address Book to create Scan to FTP/SMB destinations. For instructions  
on creating Scan to FTP/SMB destinations refer to the System Administrator Guide.  
Create New Individual  
To add a new Individual in the  
Address Book:  
1. At your Workstation, open the  
web browser and enter the IP  
Address of the machine in the  
Address Bar.  
2. Press Enter.  
3. Click Address Book.  
4. Click Individual if not already  
selected.  
5. Click Add.  
6. Enter name, speed dial number, e-mail address and fax number as required.  
7. Click Apply.  
Delete an Individual Address Book Entry  
1. In the Address Book area, click the Individual link and check the checkbox for the address you  
want to delete.  
2. Select the Delete button.  
3. Select OK when the ‘Do you really want to delete selected items?’ message displays.  
138  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Address Book  
Create a Group Address Book using Internet Services  
1. At your Workstation, open the  
web browser and enter the IP  
Address of the machine in the  
Address Bar.  
2. Press Enter.  
3. Select the Address Book icon.  
4. Select the E-mail Groups link.  
5. Select Add Group.  
6. Enter a name in the Group  
Name field.  
7. Select the required Speed Dial  
number.  
8. Select the Add Individual(s)  
after this group is created checkbox to add individual addresses immediately after the group has  
been created.  
Note: If this option is not selected, when Apply is selected you will return to the E-mail Groups  
Address Book page.  
9. Select Apply to save the changes.  
The Add window is displayed  
10. Select an individual address from  
the left window and click on the  
arrow to add the individual to  
the new group. The address is  
shown in the right window.  
Continue adding the individuals  
required.  
11. When all the individuals have  
been added to the group, select  
Apply. The E-mail Groups  
Address Book page is displayed.  
Note If an address book is already established, you may be warned that duplicate entries exist  
and that the new entries will be ignored.  
Edit a Group in the Address Book  
1. In the E-mail Group Address Book area, check the checkbox for the group you want to edit.  
2. Select the Edit Group button.  
Add or remove individuals as required using the arrow button.  
3. Select Apply. The group is updated and the E-mail Groups Address Book page is displayed.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Address Book  
Delete a Group in the Address Book  
1. In the E-mail Group Address Book area, check the checkbox for the group you want to delete.  
2. Select the Delete Group button.  
3. Select the OK button when the ‘Do you really want to delete selected items?’ message displays.  
Create a Group Dial using Internet Services  
1. At your Workstation, open the  
web browser and enter the IP  
Address of the machine in the  
Address Bar.  
2. Press Enter.  
3. Select the Address Book icon.  
4. Select the Fax Groups link.  
5. Select the Add Group button.  
6. Enter a name in the Group  
Name field.  
7. Select the required Speed Dial  
number. Click the box to select Add Individuals after Group Created.  
8. Click Apply to save the changes and return to the Fax Groups Address Book page.  
Note If an address book is already established, you may be warned that duplicate entries exist  
and that the new entries will be ignored.  
Delete a Group Dial  
1. In the Fax Groups Address Book area, check the checkbox for the group you want to delete.  
2. Select the Delete Group button.  
3. Select the OK button for the ‘Do you really want to delete selected items?’ message.  
140  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Properties  
Properties  
The Properties option contains all the  
settings, setups and default values for  
installing and setting up the machine.  
These are usually protected by a user  
name and password and should only  
be changed by your System  
Administrator.  
For information about all the  
Properties options, refer to the  
System Administrator Guide.  
Note: The Properties tab only  
appears when the administrator  
is logged in or when the CWIS Access Control has been disabled.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Support  
Support  
The Support option contains  
information about the firmware  
version of your product and contact  
information for your System  
Administrator.  
Links are also provided to the Xerox  
website for downloading the Printer  
Drivers and User Guides, ordering  
supplies, accessing Technical Support  
or registering your machine.  
142  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Paper and Media  
9
This chapter contains information about the different types of stock and stock sizes that can be used  
on your machine, available paper trays and the types of stock and sizes supported by each tray.  
This chapter includes:  
Loading Paper on page 144  
Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148  
Media Specifications on page 150  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
143  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Loading Paper  
Loading Paper  
One paper tray and a bypass tray are standard on your machine. Paper tray 2 is available to purchase  
as an option.  
Various media sizes and types can be used in the trays. For more media specifications, refer to Media  
Specifications on page 150.  
Preparing Paper for Loading  
Before loading paper into the paper trays, flex or fan the  
edges of the paper stack. This procedure separates any sheets  
of paper that are stuck together and reduces the possibility of  
paper jams.  
Note: To avoid unnecessary paper jams and misfeeds do  
not remove paper from its packaging until required.  
Loading Paper Tray 1 and Paper Tray 2 (optional)  
The paper level indicator on the front of tray 1 and the  
optional tray 2 shows the amount of paper currently left in  
the tray. When the tray is empty, the indicator is completely  
1
lowered as shown in the illustration:  
shows empty.  
shows full,  
2
Using the instructions provided below, load paper into the  
machine. Paper tray 1 can hold up to 250 sheets and paper  
tray 2 (optional) can hold up to 520 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²)  
paper. For more media specifications, refer to Media  
Specifications on page 150.  
1
2
1. Pull out the paper tray and load paper into the tray, print  
side down. Do not fill above the Maximum Fill line  
indicated by the symbol  
.
144  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Loading Paper  
2. Slide the paper length guide until it lightly touches the  
end of the paper stack.  
3. Position the side guide by squeezing the lever and sliding  
it towards the stack of paper, until it gently touches the  
side of the stack.  
4. Insert the paper tray into the machine.  
5. After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size  
and type using the control panel. Press OK to confirm the  
settings or Stop to change the settings. These settings  
will apply to Copy and Fax modes.  
6. When printing from your computer, ensure you select the  
Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,  
color and type. Not confirming the paper details may  
the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to  
Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.  
Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your computer override the settings on the  
control panel.  
Using the Bypass Tray  
The bypass tray is located on the front of your machine. It can be closed when not in use, making the  
product more compact. Use the bypass tray to print transparencies, labels, envelopes or postcards in  
addition to making quick runs of paper types or sizes that are not currently loaded in the paper tray.  
When using the bypass tray for special media it may be necessary to use the rear door for the output.  
For further information refer to Media Output Locations on page 23.  
Acceptable print media is plain paper from 3.0 x 5.0 inches to 8.5 x 14 inches Legal (76 mm x 127 mm  
to 216 mm x 356 mm) and weighing between 16 lb and 58 lb (60 g/m²and 220 g/m²). For more media  
specifications, refer to Media Specifications on page 150.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
145  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Loading Paper  
Loading the Bypass Tray  
1. Lower the bypass tray  
, located on the front of the  
1
machine and unfold the paper support extension  
.
2
2. Prepare a stack of paper for loading by flexing or fanning  
it back and forth. Straighten the edges on a level surface.  
Remove any curl on postcards, envelopes and labels  
before loading them into the bypass tray.  
2
Note: The bypass tray can hold a maximum of 50 sheets  
of 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond paper, 5 transparency sheets or  
5 envelopes.  
1
3. Load the print material between the width guides with  
the print side facing up.  
Note: Hold transparencies by the edges and avoid  
touching the print side.  
4. Adjust the paper guide to the width of the stack of print  
material. Ensure you have not loaded too much print  
media. The stack should be under the Maximum Fill line  
indicated by the symbol  
.
5. When printing from your computer, ensure you select the  
Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,  
color and type. Not confirming the paper details may  
the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to  
Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.  
Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your  
computer override the settings on the control panel.  
6. After printing, remove any unfed paper and close the  
bypass tray.  
Envelope Mode  
1. Lower the bypass tray, located on the front of the machine and unfold the paper support  
extension.  
2. Remove any curl on envelopes before loading them into the bypass tray. Prepare a stack of  
envelopes for loading by flexing or fanning them back and forth. A maximum of 5 envelopes can  
be loaded. Straighten the edges on a level surface.  
Note: For more information on media specifications, refer to Media Specifications on page 150.  
146  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Loading Paper  
3. Load envelopes short edge feed and with the flaps facing  
down as shown in the illustration.  
4. Adjust the paper guide to the width of the stack of print  
material. Ensure you have not loaded too much print  
media. The stack should be under the Maximum Fill line  
indicated by the symbol  
.
5. Open the rear door and leave the door open during  
printing.  
6. When printing from your computer, ensure you press the  
Select Paper button to specify the correct paper size,  
color and type. Not confirming the paper details may  
the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to  
Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.  
Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your  
computer override the settings on the control panel.  
7. After printing, close the bypass tray.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
147  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Paper Size and Type  
Setting Paper Size and Type  
After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size and type using the control panel. These  
settings will apply to Copy and Fax modes. For computer printing, select the paper size and type in the  
application program you use on your computer.  
Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your computer override the settings on the  
control panel.  
After closing the paper tray the Paper Size and Type settings are automatically displayed. If correct,  
use the settings displayed or follow the steps below to change the settings to match the Paper Size and  
Type of paper loaded.  
Setting the Paper Size  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Setup and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Size and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper tray you want and press OK.  
6. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper size you want.  
7. Press OK to save the selection.  
8. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
If you want to use special sized paper, select a custom paper size in the Printer Driver. Refer to Paper  
Options on page 105 for instructions.  
Setting the Paper Type  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Setup and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Type and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper tray you want and press OK.  
6. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper type you want.  
7. Press OK to save the selection.  
8. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Setting the Paper Source  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
148  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting Paper Size and Type  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Setup and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Source and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Copy Tray or Fax Tray and press OK.  
6. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper tray you want.  
7. Press OK to save the selection.  
8. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
149  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Media Specifications  
Media Specifications  
Media Guidelines  
When selecting or loading paper, envelopes or other special media please adhere to these guidelines:  
Attempting to print on damp, curled, wrinkled or torn paper can cause paper jams and poor print  
quality.  
Use only high quality copier grade paper. Avoid paper with embossed lettering, perforations or  
texture that is too smooth or too rough.  
Store paper in its ream wrapper until ready to use. Place cartons on pallets or shelves, not on the  
floor. Do not place heavy objects on top of the paper, whether it is packaged or unpackaged. Keep  
it away from moisture or other conditions that can cause it to wrinkle or curl.  
During storage, moisture-proof wrap (any plastic container or bag) should be used to prevent dust  
and moisture from contaminating your paper.  
Always use paper and other media that conforms to the specifications.  
Use only well-constructed envelopes with sharp, well creased folds:  
DO NOT use envelopes with clasps and snaps.  
DO NOT use envelopes with windows, coated lining, self-adhesive seals, or other synthetic  
materials.  
DO NOT use damaged or poorly made envelopes.  
Only use the special media recommended for use in laser printers.  
To prevent special media such as transparencies and label sheets from sticking together, remove  
them from the exit tray as they are printed.  
Place transparencies on a flat surface after removing them from the machine.  
Do not leave the special media in the bypass tray for long periods of time. Dust and dirt may  
accumulate on them resulting in spotty printing.  
To avoid smudging caused by fingerprints, handle transparencies and coated paper carefully.  
To avoid fading, do not expose the printed transparencies to prolonged sunlight.  
Store unused media at temperatures between 59°F and 86°F (15°C to 30°C). The relative humidity  
should be between 10% and 70%.  
When loading paper, do not fill above the Maximum Fill line indicated by the symbol  
Verify that your labels’ adhesive material can tolerate fusing temperature of 200 C (392 F) for 0.1  
second.  
.
o
o
Ensure that there is no exposed adhesive material between labels.  
CAUTION: Exposed areas can cause labels to peel off during printing, which can cause paper  
jams. Exposed adhesive can also cause damage to machine components.  
Do not feed a sheet of labels through the machine more than once. The adhesive backing is  
designed for one pass only through the machine.  
Do not use labels that are separating from the backing sheet or are wrinkled, bubbled, or  
otherwise damaged.  
150  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Media Specifications  
Media Types  
The table below shows the media types supported for Copy, Print or Fax for each tray for the following  
paper sizes:  
A4  
8.27 x 11.69 inches (210 x 297 mm)  
8.5 x 11.0 inches (216 x 279 mm)  
8.5 x 14.0 inches (216 x 355. mm)  
8.5 x 13.5 inches (216 x 343 mm)  
8.5 x 13.0 inches (216 x 330 mm  
Letter  
Legal  
Oficio  
Folio  
Key:  
O
Supported  
X
Not Supported  
Bypass  
Tray  
Duplex  
Unit  
Types  
Supported Weights  
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
Plain  
O
O
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
O
O
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
19 to 24 lb (70 to 90 g/m²)  
24 to 28 lb (91 to 105 g/m²)  
43 to 58 lb (164 to 220 g/m²)  
16 to 18 lb (60 to 70 g/m²)  
20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²)  
20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²)  
20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²)  
19 to 24 lb (70 to 90 g/m²)  
37 to 39 lb (138 to 146 g/m²)  
Thick  
Thicker  
Thin  
Cotton  
Colored  
Preprinted  
Recycled  
Transparency  
(A4 / Letter  
only)  
Labels  
X
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
X
O
X
32 to 40 lb (120 to 150 g/m²)  
32 to 43 lb (121 to 163 g/m²)  
28 to 32 lb (105 to 120 g/m²)  
Card Stock  
Bond  
Archival  
28 to 32 lb (105 to 120 g/m²) if you  
need to keep the print-out for a long  
period time, such as archives, select this  
option  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
151  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Media Specifications  
The table below shows the media types supported for Print for each tray for the following paper sizes:  
JIS B5  
ISO B5  
Executive  
A5  
7.17 x 10.12 inches (182 x 257 mm)  
6.93 x 9.84 inches (176 x 250 mm)  
7.25 x 10.50 inches (184.2 x 266.7 mm)  
5.85 x 8.27 inches (148.5 x 210 mm)  
4.13 x 5.85 inches (105 x 148.5 mm)  
4 x 6 inches (101.6 x 152.4 mm)  
A6  
Postcard  
Monarch  
Envelopes  
3.88 x 7.5 inches (98.4 x 190.5 mm)  
DL Envelopes  
C5 Envelopes  
C6 Envelopes  
No.10 Envelopes  
4.33 x 8.66 inches (110 x 220 mm)  
6.38 x 9.02 inches (162.0 x 229 mm)  
4.49 x 6.38 inches (114 x 162 mm)  
4.12 x 9.5 inches (105 x 241 mm)  
Key:  
O
Supported  
X
Not Supported  
Bypass  
Tray  
Duplex  
Unit  
Types  
Supported Weights  
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
Plain  
O
O
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
O
O
X
O
X
X
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
19 to 24 lb (70 to 90 g/m²)  
24 to 28 lb (91 to 105 g/m²)  
43 to 58 lb (164 to 220 g/m²)  
16 to 18 lb (60 to 70 g/m²)  
20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²)  
20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²)  
20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²)  
19 to 24 lb (70 to 90 g/m²)  
Thick  
Thicker  
Thin  
Cotton  
Colored  
Preprinted  
Recycled  
Postcard  
32 to 43 lb (121 to 163 g/m²) card  
stock  
Envelopes  
X
20 to 24 lb (75 to 90 g/m²)  
For more information on supported paper sizes and weights, refer to Media Specifications on page 225.  
152  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Machine Status and  
Setups  
10  
This chapter identifies the key settings that you can customize to meet your requirements. Changing  
these settings is easy and will save you time when using the machine.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
This chapter includes:  
Machine Status Menu on page 154  
Machine Information on page 155  
Toner Level on page 156  
Information Pages on page 157  
Feature Defaults on page 159  
Print Setup on page 165  
Fax Setup on page 166  
System Setup on page 170  
Network Settings on page 178  
Local Drive on page 180  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
153  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Machine Status Menu  
Machine Status Menu  
All the machine setup features are accessed through the Machine Status button on the control panel.  
The setup and default options should be set up and customized by the System Administrator. Access to  
these options is sometimes password protected.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
Accessing the Setup Options  
To access the default and setup options:  
1. Press the Machine Status button on the control  
panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the  
required option. Press OK.  
3. If necessary, enter the Administrator’s Password  
using the keypad. The default is 1111.  
Note: You may have to press the 1 key several  
times to enter the ‘1’.  
After entering a character press the Right arrow  
to enable the next character to be entered, or wait 2 seconds between presses.  
Continue entering characters until the full password has been entered.  
4. Press the OK button on the control panel. Once the password is verified the selected option menu  
displays.  
5. Customize the options required using the instructions on the following pages.  
Settings can also be customized using CentreWare Internet Services. Refer to the System Administrator  
Guide for more information.  
154  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Machine Information  
Machine Information  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Machine Information and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
The following Machine Information options are available:  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Model  
The printer model number.  
Printer Name  
DNS Name  
IP Address  
The user entered name for the printer.  
The assigned DNS Name.  
The assigned IP address.  
Link-Local Address  
Global Address  
DHCPV6 Addresses  
Manual Address  
IPv6 Address  
The assigned IPv6 address.  
(Serial Number)  
xxx xxxxxxxxx  
Serial Number  
The machine serial number.  
mm/dd/yyyy  
Activation Date  
Billing Counters  
Date machine was first activated.  
Total Impressions  
Black Impressions  
Maint. Impressions  
Sheets  
Number of impressions made by the machine.  
2 Sided Sheets  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using  
the keypad.  
5. Press OK to save the selection.  
6. Continue customizing the Machine Information defaults as required, then press Stop to return to  
Ready mode.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
155  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Toner Level  
Toner Level  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Toner Level and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
A graphical depiction of the level of toner remaining is indicated.  
3. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
156  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Information Pages  
Information Pages  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Information Pages and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
The following Information Pages are available to print:  
Report  
Description  
All Reports  
This option enables you to print all the reports and information pages.  
Configuration  
This report provides information about your machine setup, including  
the serial number, IP Address, installed options and the software  
version.  
Demo Page  
Supplies Info  
Address Book  
The demo page is printed to check the quality of the print.  
Prints the supplies information page.  
Prints a list of the Fax, E-mail and server addresses currently stored in  
the Address Book in the machine’s memory. Refer to the System  
Administrator Guide for more information on the Address book.  
Fax Send  
Fax Sent  
Prints a confirmation report showing whether a transmission was  
successful, how many pages were sent and other transmission details.  
Note: You can set up your machine to automatically print a Send Report  
after each fax job. (See Fax Setup on page 166.)  
This report shows information on the faxes you have recently sent.  
Note: You can set the machine to automatically print this report every  
50 communications. (See Auto Report on page 169.)  
E-mail Sent  
This report shows information on the e-mails you have recently sent.  
This report shows information on the faxes you have recently received.  
Fax Received  
Scheduled Job  
This list shows the documents currently stored for delayed faxing along  
with the start time and type of each operation.  
Junk Fax  
Allows fax numbers that have been sent to the device to be specified as  
junk fax numbers. To add or delete numbers, access the Junk Fax Setup  
menu. (See Fax Setup on page 166.)  
Network Configuration  
This list shows information about your machine’s network connection  
and configuration.  
User Auth.  
PCL Font  
This list shows users who are authorized to use the e-mail function.  
Prints the PCL font list  
PS Font  
Prints the PS font list.  
EPSON Font  
Prints the EPSON font list.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
157  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Information Pages  
Report  
Description  
Stored Jobs  
Prints jobs currently stored on the HDD.  
Prints a list of completed jobs.  
Completed Jobs  
Net User Auth.  
Prints users and their IDs who logged into the Domain.  
Usage Counter  
This list shows the total number of impressions, black Impressions and  
maintenance impressions which have been made on the machine. It  
also shows the total number of sheets and 2 sided sheets put through  
the machine.  
Fax Options  
Prints fax report information.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the information page required and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the Print? Yes setting and press OK. The selected  
information page will be printed.  
5. Continue printing Information Pages as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
158  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Feature Defaults  
Feature Defaults  
The feature defaults for Copy, Scan, E-mail and Fax can be set to those most frequently used. When a  
job is finished or the cancel button is pressed, these settings will be displayed on the machine.  
Copy Defaults  
The Copy options, including Lighten/Darken, Original Type, Collation and number of copies, can be set  
to those most frequently used. When you copy a document, the default settings are used unless they  
have been changed for the current job.  
Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Feature Defaults and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Copy Defaults and press OK.  
The following Copy Defaults options and settings are available:  
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
A4 *  
A5  
B5  
Letter  
Legal  
Executive  
US Folio  
Oficio  
Original Size  
Use this option to select the default Original Size  
setting for Copy jobs.  
Default setting  
1-999  
1 *  
Quantity  
Collation  
Use this option to enter the default copy quantity.  
On  
Off *  
If On is selected the copy output will be collated, for  
example 1,2,3, 1,2,3, 1,2,3. If Off is selected the job will  
be uncollated, for example 1,1,1, 2,2,2 3,3,3.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
159  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Feature Defaults  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Reduce/Enlarge  
Use this option to select the default Reduce/enlarge  
setting for Copy jobs.  
100% *  
Variable %  
Auto Fit  
LGL->LTR (78%)  
LGL->A4 (83%)  
A4->A5 (71%)  
A4->LTR (94%)  
A5->A4 (141%)  
EXE>LTR (104%)  
25%  
50%  
150%  
200%  
400%  
Lighten +1 to +5  
Normal *  
Darken +1 to +5  
Lighten/Darken  
Contrast  
Use this option to select the default Lighten/Darken  
option for Copy jobs. Lighten/Darken adjusts the  
lightness or darkness of the output.  
More +1 to +5  
Normal *  
Less +1 to +5  
Adjusts the contrast between dark and light areas of  
the original.  
Text  
Text/Photo *  
Photo  
Original Type  
Layout  
Use this option to set the default Original Type setting  
for Copy jobs.  
Use this option to set the default Layout setting for  
Copy jobs.  
Normal *  
2-Up  
4-Up  
ID Copy  
Poster Copy  
Clone Copy  
Book Copy  
(3325DN/DNI only)  
Booklet Creation  
(3325DN/DNI only)  
Background  
Suppression  
Use to automatically reduce or eliminate the dark  
background resulting from scanning colored paper or  
newspaper originals.  
Off *  
Auto  
Enhance Levels 1 to  
2
Erase Levels 1 to 4  
160  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Feature Defaults  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Margin Shift  
Allows you to create a binding margin on the page. The  
image can be adjusted up or down on the page and/or  
shifted to the right or left. The Auto-Center option is  
available for documents scanned from the document  
glass and automatically places the image centrally on  
the page.  
Off *  
Auto-Center  
Custom Margin:  
Left Margin, Right  
Margin, Top Margin,  
Bottom Margin  
0-20 mm  
Edge Erase  
(3325DN/DNI only)  
Allows you to erase spots, drill holes, fold creases and  
staple marks along any of the four edges of a  
document. The Book Center option is available for  
books scanned from the document glass and erases the  
black horizontal line resulting from copying the spine of  
the book.  
Off *  
Small Original  
Hole Punch  
Book Center  
Border Erase  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using  
the keypad.  
6. Press OK to save the selection.  
7. Continue customizing the Copy Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Scan Defaults  
The Scan options, including File Format, Output Color and Resolution, can be set to those most  
frequently used for the following scan services:  
Scan to USB  
Scan to FTP (3325DN/DNI only)  
Scan to SMB (3325DN/DNI only)  
When you scan a document, the default settings are used unless they have been changed for the  
current job.  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Feature Defaults and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Scan Defaults and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight USB, FTP or SMB and press OK.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Feature Defaults  
The following Scan Defaults options and settings are available:  
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Original Size  
Use this option to select the default Original Size  
setting for Scan jobs.  
A4 *  
A5  
B5  
Letter  
Legal  
Executive  
Folio  
Oficio  
Original Type  
Resolution  
Use this option to select the default Original Type for  
Scan jobs.  
Text *  
Text/Photo  
Photo  
100 dpi  
200 dpi  
300 dpi *  
Use this option to select the default Resolution for  
Scan jobs.  
Output Color  
Use this option to select the default Output Color  
setting for Scan jobs.  
Color *  
Grayscale  
Black and White  
File Format  
(USB)  
Use this option to select the default File Format for  
USB Scan jobs.  
JPEG *  
BMP  
Single-TIFF  
Multi-TIFF  
PDF  
Single-TIFF  
Multi-TIFF *  
PDF  
File Format  
(FTP and SMB)  
Use this option to select the default File Format for FTP  
and SMB Scan jobs.  
Note: JPEG only available for Color option.  
JPEG  
Lighten +1 to +5  
Normal *  
Darken +1 to +5  
Lighten/Darken  
Contrast  
Use this option to select the default Lighten/Darken  
option for Scan jobs. Lighten/Darken adjusts the  
lightness or darkness of the output.  
More +1 to +5  
Normal *  
Less +1 to +5  
Adjusts the contrast level between dark and light areas  
of the original.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.  
7. Continue customizing the Scan Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
162  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Feature Defaults  
E-mail Defaults  
The E-mail options, including File Format, Original Type, Output Color and Resolution, can be set to  
those most frequently used. When you e-mail a document, the default settings are used unless they  
have been changed for the current job.  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Feature Defaults and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight E-mail Defaults and press OK.  
The following E-mail Default options and settings are available:  
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Original Size  
Use this option to select the default Original Size  
setting for E-mail jobs.  
A4 *  
A5  
B5  
Letter  
Legal  
Executive  
Folio  
Oficio  
Original Type  
Resolution  
Use this option to select the default Original Type for  
E-mail jobs.  
Text *  
Text/Photo  
Photo  
100 dpi  
200 dpi  
300 dpi *  
Use this option to select the default Resolution for  
E-mail jobs.  
Color  
Grayscale  
Black and White *  
Output Color  
File Format  
Use this option to select the default output color  
setting for E-mail jobs.  
Single-TIFF  
Multi-TIFF  
PDF *  
Use this option to select the default file format for  
E-mail jobs.  
Note: JPEG only available for Color option.  
JPEG  
Lighten +1 to +5  
Normal *  
Darken +1 to +5  
Lighten/Darken  
Contrast  
Use this option to select the default Lighten/Darken  
option for E-mail jobs. Lighten/Darken adjusts the  
lightness or darkness of the output.  
More +1 to +5  
Normal *  
Less +1 to +5  
Adjusts the contrast between dark and light areas of  
the original.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.  
6. Continue customizing the E-mail Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
163  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Feature Defaults  
Fax Defaults  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Feature Defaults and press OK. If necessary enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Defaults and press OK.  
The following Fax Defaults options and settings are available:  
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Lighten +1 to +5  
Normal *  
Darken +1 to +5  
Lighten/Darken  
Use this option to select the default Lighten/Darken  
setting for Fax jobs.  
More +1 to +5  
Normal *  
Less +1 to +5  
Contrast  
Adjusts the contrast between dark and light areas of  
the original.  
Standard *  
Fine  
Super Fine  
Photo Fax  
Color Fax  
Resolution  
Use this option to select the default Resolution setting  
for Fax jobs.  
A4  
A5  
B5  
Letter *  
Executive  
Folio  
Oficio  
Legal  
Original Size  
Use this option to select the default Original Size  
setting for Fax jobs.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.  
6. Continue customizing the Fax Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
164  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Print Setup  
Print Setup  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Print Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
The following Print Setup options and settings are available:  
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.  
Option  
Description  
Setting  
Orientation  
Selects the direction in which information is printed on  
the page. Portrait is printed on the long edge vertically  
and Landscape horizontally.  
Portrait *  
Landscape  
Default setting  
1-999  
Quantity  
Sets the default quantity.  
1 *  
600 dpi-Normal  
1200 dpi-Best  
Resolution  
Darkness  
Sets the dots per inch. The higher the resolution, the  
sharper the printed image.  
Lightens or darkens the print on the page.  
Normal *  
Light  
Dark  
Darken Text  
Emulation  
Prints text darker than on a normal document.  
Off *  
Lighter  
Normal  
Darker  
Emulation Type  
Setup  
Sets the emulation type and option.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.  
5. Continue customizing the Print Defaults as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
165  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Fax Setup  
Fax Setup  
Your machine provides you with various user-selectable options for setting up the fax system. You can  
change the default settings for your preferences and needs.  
Enable/Disable  
Use this option to enable or disable the Fax service:  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Enable/Disable and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Enabled or Disabled. Press OK.  
5. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Sending  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK.  
3. If necessary, enter the Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup  
Options on page 154 for instructions.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Sending and press OK.  
The following Sending options and settings are available:  
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
0 - 13 Times  
7 *  
Redial Times  
You can specify the number of redial attempts. If you  
enter 0, the machine will not redial.  
1 - 15 Minutes  
3 *  
Redial Term  
Prefix Dial  
Your machine can automatically redial a remote fax  
machine if it was busy. You can set an interval between  
attempts.  
Fax: (enter up to 5  
numbers to set the  
prefix)  
You can set a prefix of up to five digits. This number  
dials before any automatic dial number is started.  
On *  
Off  
ECM (Error Correction This mode helps with poor line quality and makes sure  
Mode)  
any faxes you send are sent smoothly to any other  
ECM-equipped fax machine. Sending a fax using ECM  
may take more time.  
On Error *  
On  
Off  
Send Report  
Enables or disables printing of a confirmation report  
showing whether the fax was successful or not.  
166  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Fax Setup  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
On *  
Off  
Image TCR  
Enables or disables the printing of a transmission  
report with a reduced image of the first page of the fax  
that was sent.  
Tone *  
Pulse  
Dial Mode  
Toll Save  
Sets the dialling mode to either tone or pulse.  
Note: May not be available in some regions.  
Off *  
On  
Sends faxes at a preset toll-saving time to save on call  
costs.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
6. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using  
the keypad.  
7. Press OK to save the selection.  
8. Continue customizing the Sending options as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Receiving  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK.  
3. If necessary, enter the Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup  
Options on page 154 for instructions.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receiving and press OK.  
The following Receiving options and settings are available:  
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Fax *  
Tel  
Ans  
Fax  
DRPD  
Receive Mode  
You can select the default fax  
receiving mode.  
1 - 7 Times  
1 *  
Ring to Answer  
You can specify the number of  
times the machine rings before  
answering an incoming call.  
On  
Off *  
Stamp RCV Name  
This option allows the machine  
to automatically print the page  
number, and the date and time  
of reception at the bottom of  
each page of a received fax.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
167  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Fax Setup  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Enter code between 0 - 9  
9 *  
RCV Start Code  
This code allows you to initiate  
fax reception from an extension  
phone plugged into the EXT  
socket on the back of the  
machine. If you pick up the  
extension phone and hear fax  
tones, enter the code. It is preset  
to *9* at the factory.  
On *  
Off  
Auto Reduction  
When receiving a fax containing  
pages longer than the paper  
loaded in the paper tray, the  
machine can reduce the size of  
the image to fit the size of the  
paper loaded in the machine.  
Note: With this feature set to  
Off, the image will be divided  
and printed actual size on two or  
more pages.  
00-30  
20 *  
Discard Size  
Discards a specific length from  
the end of the received fax.  
On  
Off *  
Junk Fax Setup  
Allows numbers that have been  
sent to the device to be selected  
as junk fax numbers.  
Waiting Ring  
DRPD Mode  
Enables a user to use a single  
telephone line to answer several  
different telephone numbers.  
You can set the machine to  
recognize different ring patterns  
for each number.  
Off *  
Flip on Long Edge  
Flip on Short Edge  
2-Sided Print  
Prints faxes on both sides of the  
paper either in a portrait or  
landscape orientation.  
Off *  
On  
Local Drive Saving  
(3325DN/DNI only)  
Stores received faxes in the  
common box on the local drive.  
Setting up DRPD Mode  
To set up the DRPD mode:  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receiving and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Receive Mode and press OK.  
168  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Fax Setup  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight DRPD and press OK.  
Waiting Ring appears on the display.  
6. Call your fax number from another telephone. It is not necessary to place the call from a fax  
machine. When your machine begins to ring, do not answer the call. The machine requires several  
rings to learn the pattern.  
When the machine completes learning, the display shows Completed DRPD Setup. If the DRPD  
setup fails, Error DRPD Ring appears.  
7. Press OK when DRPD appears.  
Notes:  
DRPD must be set up again if you re-assign your fax number, or connect the machine to  
another telephone line.  
After DRPD has been set up, call your fax number again to verify that the machine  
answers with a fax tone. Then have a call placed to a different number assigned to that  
same line to be sure the call is forwarded to the extension telephone or answering  
machine plugged into the EXT socket.  
Auto Report  
You can set the machine to print a report with detailed information about the previous 50  
communication operations, including time and dates.  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Fax Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Auto Report and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight On to automatically print a report, or Off to switch off the  
feature. Press OK.  
5. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
169  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
System Setup  
System Setup  
System Setup options enable you to customize settings which are specific to the machine, such as Date  
& Time and Power Save.  
Machine Settings  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Machine Settings and press OK.  
The following Machine Settings options and settings are available:  
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
ID  
Machine ID  
Use this option to enter a name  
for your machine.  
Fax:  
Machine Fax No.  
Date & Time  
Use this option to enter the fax  
number for your machine.  
00-00-0000 [MDY]  
00:00 AM  
When you set the time and date,  
they are used in delay fax and  
delay print options, and printed  
on reports.  
Note: If the machine’s power is  
cut off, you need to reset the  
correct time and date once the  
power has been restored.  
12 Hours *  
24 Hours  
Clock Mode  
You can set your machine to  
display the current time using  
either a 12-hour or 24-hour  
format.  
English *  
List of Available Languages  
Language  
Use this option to set the  
message display language.  
Copy *  
Scan  
E-mail  
Fax  
Default Mode  
Your machine is preset to Copy  
mode. You can switch this  
default mode between Fax mode  
and Copy mode.  
inches *  
mm  
Metric Defaults  
Use to set the machine to  
display measurements in  
millimeters or inches.  
170  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
System Setup  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Letter *  
A4  
Default Paper Size  
Use this option to set the default  
size of paper.  
1 min *  
5 Min  
Power Save  
Use this option to set the time  
the machine waits before  
entering Power Save mode.  
10 Min  
15 Min  
20 Min  
30 Min  
45 Min  
60 Min  
120 Min  
Wakeup Event  
Use this option to determine  
what ‘wakes’ the machine up  
from Power Save mode.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315  
Button Press On / Off*  
Scanner  
Printer  
On* / Off  
On / Off*  
Xerox WorkCentre 3325  
Button Press On / Off*  
Scanner  
Printer  
On / Off*  
On / Off*  
15 Sec  
30 Sec *  
60 Sec  
120 Sec  
180 Sec  
System Timeout  
Job Timeout  
Sets the elapsed time before the  
machine reverts to default  
settings.  
(15-300 sec) 15 *  
Sets the elapsed time before the  
printing the last page of a print  
job that does not end with a  
command to print the page.  
On *  
Off  
Configuration Page  
Altitude Adjustment  
Enables a report detailing all the  
machine settings to be printed.  
Normal *  
High 1  
High 2  
High 3  
The xerographic process used in  
your machine to make prints is  
affected by air pressure. Air  
pressure is determined by the  
height of the machine above sea  
level. The machine will  
automatically compensate for  
differences in air pressure if you  
enable the feature.  
On *  
Off  
Auto Continue  
Determines whether or not the  
machine continues printing  
when it detects the paper does  
not match the paper settings.  
Line Termination  
Sets the default line termination.  
LF *  
LF+CR  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
171  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
System Setup  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
On *  
Off  
Auto Tray Switch  
Determines whether or not the  
machine continues printing  
when a tray runs out of paper.  
When On is selected, the paper  
supply will be switched to an  
alternative tray if possible and  
printing will continue.  
On  
Off *  
Paper Substitution  
Automatically substitutes the  
printer driver’s paper size to  
prevent the paper mismatch  
between Letter and A4. For  
example, if you have A4 paper in  
the tray and you select Letter in  
the printer driver, the machine  
prints on A4 paper and vice  
versa.  
On *  
Off  
Paper Mismatch  
Toner Save  
Determines whether to disregard  
the paper mismatch error or not.  
If Off is selected, the machine  
continues to print even if the  
paper mismatches.  
On  
Off *  
Activating this mode extends the  
life of your print cartridge and  
reduces costs. Some loss of print  
quality may occur.  
Address Book  
Setup Data  
Import Setting  
Export Setting  
Imports data stored on a USB  
Memory Device to the machine.  
Address Book  
Setup Data  
Exports data stored on the  
machine to a USB Memory  
Device.  
Default Mode: Off */On/Onforce  
Earth Smart Settings  
Enables you to save print  
resources and enables  
eco-friendly printing. The  
Onforce setting requires a  
password to turn Earth Smart  
off.  
Select Template:  
Default */Custom  
Selects the Earth Smart template  
set from the CentreWare  
Internet Services.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using  
the keypad.  
6. Press OK to save the selection.  
172  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
System Setup  
7. Continue customizing the Machine Settings as required, then press Stop to return to Ready  
mode.  
Paper Setup  
After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size and type using the control panel. These  
settings will apply to Copy and Fax modes.  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Paper Setup and press OK.  
The following Paper Setup options and settings are available:  
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
Letter *  
Legal  
Oficio  
US Folio  
A4  
ISO B5  
JIS B5  
Executive  
A5  
Paper Size  
This is the most common paper size  
that will be used in the machine and is  
the size the machine will feed if a  
specific size is not selected.  
A6  
Custom  
Bypass Tray  
Letter *  
Legal  
Oficio  
US Folio  
A4  
ISO B5  
JIS B5  
Executive  
A5  
A6  
Monarch Env  
DL Env  
C5 Env  
C6 Env  
No.10 Env  
Postcard  
Custom  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
System Setup  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
Plain *  
Thick  
Thin  
Paper Type  
Sets the type of paper in the tray.  
Recycled  
Cardstock  
Bond  
Archive  
Bypass Tray  
Plain *  
Thick  
Thin  
Cotton  
Color  
Preprinted  
Recycled  
Transparency  
Labels  
Cardstock  
Bond  
Archive  
Thicker  
Copy Tray  
Fax Tray  
Print Tray  
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
Bypass Tray  
Tray 1 / 2  
Auto *  
Paper Source  
Tray Confirm  
Sets the paper tray to be used for  
Copy, Print and Fax jobs.  
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
Bypass Tray  
On / Off *  
On / Off *  
On / Off *  
Activates the tray confirmation  
message. If you open and close a tray,  
a message displays asking whether to  
set the paper size and type for the tray  
just opened.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required or enter the correct information using  
the keypad.  
6. Press OK to save the selection.  
7. Continue customizing the Paper Settings options as required, then press Stop to return to Ready  
mode.  
Sound/Volume  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Sound/Volume and press OK.  
174  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
System Setup  
The following Sound/Volume options and settings are available:  
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Off *  
On  
Key Sound  
Use to set if the beep sound is On or Off when a key is  
pressed.  
On *  
Off  
Alarm Sound  
Speaker  
Turns the alarm sound On or Off. With this option set  
to On, an alarm tone sounds when an error occurs or  
fax communication ends.  
On  
Off  
Comm. *  
Turns sounds from the telephone speaker such as a dial  
tone or a fax tone on or off. The Comm. settings sets  
the speaker to on until the remote machine answers.  
Off  
Ringer  
Adjusts the ringer volume.  
Low  
Mid *  
High  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.  
6. Continue customizing the Sound Settings as required, then press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Maintenance  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Maintenance and press OK.  
The following Maintenance options and settings are available:  
Note: * indicates the factory default setting.  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Supplies Info  
Print? Yes * | No  
125 Pages  
Supplies Life  
Use this option to view or print usage  
information for the supplies.  
Total  
ADF Scan  
Platen Scan  
125 Pages  
125 Pages  
On *  
Off  
Toner Low Alert  
Use this option to enable an alert to  
display when the toner is low.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
175  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
System Setup  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Serial No.  
Serial Number  
Displays the serial number of the  
machine.  
Enable  
Disable *  
32 *- 64 MB  
Ram Disk  
(3315DN Model only)  
Allocates part of the Ram Disk to the  
job storage area.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.  
6. Continue customizing the Maintenance options as required, then press Stop to return to Ready  
mode.  
Clear Settings  
You can selectively clear information stored in your machine’s memory.  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Clear Settings and press OK.  
The following Clear Settings options and settings are available:  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Clear? Yes * | No  
All Settings  
Clears all of the data stored in  
memory and resets all of your settings  
to the factory default.  
Clear? Yes * | No  
Clear? Yes * | No  
Clear? Yes * | No  
Clear? Yes * | No  
Clear? Yes * | No  
Clear? Yes * | No  
Fax Setup  
Clears all Fax Setup settings and  
restores all of the fax options to the  
factory default.  
Copy Setup  
Scan Setup  
E-mail Setup  
System Setup  
Network Setup  
Clears all Copy Setup settings and  
restores all of the Copy options to the  
factory default.  
Clears all Scan Setup settings and  
restores all of the scan options to the  
factory default.  
Clears all E-mail Setup settings and  
restores all of the e-mail options to the  
factory default.  
Clears all System Setup settings and  
restores all of the system options to  
the factory default.  
Resets all the network settings back to  
the factory defaults.  
176  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
System Setup  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
Clear? Yes * | No  
Address Book  
Fax Sent  
Clears the Address Book entries  
Resets the Fax Sent records  
Clear? Yes * | No  
Clear? Yes * | No  
Clear? Yes * | No  
E-mail Sent  
Fax Received  
Resets the E-mail Sent records  
Resets the Fax Received records  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
5. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Yes to clear the settings back to factory defaults, or No to  
keep the settings programmed. Press OK.  
6. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Image Overwrite  
Use this option to enable the Image Overwrite activity after each job.  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Image Overwrite and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Enable or Disable and press OK. If Enable is selected, press  
OK to confirm Overwrite Now?  
5. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
177  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Network Settings  
Network Settings  
You may set up the network using the machine's display screen. Before doing that, you must have the  
relevant information concerning the type of network protocols and computer system you use. If you  
are not sure which setting to use, contact your System Administrator to configure this machine on the  
network, or refer to the System Administrator Guide for instructions.  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Network Settings and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
The following Network Settings options and settings are available:  
Option  
Description  
Settings  
DHCP *  
BOOTP  
Static  
TCP/IPv4  
Select appropriate protocol and configure parameters  
to use the network environment.  
IPv6 Activate *  
DHCPv6 Config  
TCP/IPv6  
Select appropriate protocol and configure parameters  
to use the network environment.  
Automatic *  
10Mbps Half  
10Mbps Full  
100Mbps Half  
100Mbps Full  
1Gbps Full  
Ethernet Speed  
Configure the network transmission speed.  
(3325DN/DNI only)  
On  
Off *  
802.1x  
Use to enable 802.1x and CentreWare Internet  
Services.  
Wi-Fi ON/OFF  
WPS Settings  
WLAN Setting  
WLAN Default  
WLAN Signal  
Wireless  
(3325DNI only)  
Use to enable the machine to be configured on a  
wireless network connection.  
Clear? Yes / No  
Print? Yes / No  
Clear Settings  
Reverts the network settings to the default values.  
Enables printing of the Configuration report.  
Network  
Configuration  
On *  
Off  
Net Activate  
Turns access to the Ethernet network on or off.  
On *  
Off  
Http Activate  
Enables Http on the machine giving access to the  
embedded web page.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.  
178  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Network Settings  
5. Continue customizing the Network Setting options as required, then press Stop to return to  
Ready mode.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
179  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Local Drive  
Local Drive  
The Local Drive feature enables scanned documents to be stored in folders at a location on the  
machine’s optional HDD. The folders are set up by your System Administrator using CentreWare  
Internet Services. Once stored, the documents can then be accessed for printing.  
Note: This feature is available on the WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI models only.  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Local Drive and press OK. If necessary, enter the  
Administrator’s Password using the keypad. Refer to Accessing the Setup Options on page 154 for  
instructions.  
The following Local Drive options and settings are available:  
Options  
Description  
Settings  
Scan to Local Drive  
Print from Local  
Drive  
Local Drive Feature  
Enables or disables the local drive feature.  
This feature allows you to scan to or print from the  
Local Drive. Folders can be created within the Internet  
Services Local Drive page, and scanned documents can  
be viewed in a list within the Local Drive page  
Filename List  
Open Folder Feature  
Local Drive Setup  
Allows you to set defaults for the scan to and print  
from Open Folder feature  
Scan to Local Drive  
Print from Local  
Drive  
Allows you to set defaults for the scan to and print  
from local drive feature  
Scan Setup  
Print Setup  
Open Folder Setup  
Local Drive Report  
Allows you to set defaults for the scan to and print  
from the Open Folder feature  
Default Public  
[Folder List]  
Enables printing of a list of the files on the local drive.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the option required and press OK.  
4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight the setting required and press OK to save the selection.  
5. Continue customizing the Local Drive options as required, then press Stop to return to Ready  
mode.  
180  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
General Care and  
Troubleshooting  
11  
This chapter includes:  
General Care on page 182  
Troubleshooting on page 188  
Further Assistance on page 221  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
181  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
General Care  
General Care  
There is only one customer replaceable consumable in the machine, the print cartridge.To place an  
order for Xerox consumables, please contact your local Xerox Representative giving your Company  
Name, product number and the machine serial number. Supplies can also be ordered from  
www.xerox.com, refer to Support on page 142 for further information.  
The machine serial number can be displayed by pressing the Machine Status button, then highlighting  
Machine Information and pressing OK before pressing the down arrow button to scroll to Serial  
Number. For further information about locating the serial number, please refer to Locating the Serial  
Number on page 221.  
Print Cartridge  
To avoid print quality problems resulting from worn parts and  
to maintain your machine in top working condition, the print  
cartridge will need to be replaced after printing the specified  
number of pages or when the life span of the cartridge has  
expired.  
The machine will display a message when the print cartridge  
needs to be replaced. Only replace the cartridge when a  
message instructs you to do so or when instructed by a Xerox  
representative. To replace the print cartridge follow the  
instructions provided within this guide or with the  
consumable.  
WARNING: When replacing consumables, DO NOT  
remove the covers or guards that are fastened with  
screws. You cannot maintain or service any of the parts that are behind these covers and guards.  
Do NOT attempt any maintenance procedure that is NOT specifically described in the  
documentation supplied with your machine.  
Storage and Handling  
Follow the guidelines below for storing and handling consumables:  
Always store cartridges unopened and inside their original package.  
Store the correct side up in a horizontal position (not standing on end).  
Do not store consumables in:  
Temperatures greater than 40°C (104°F).  
Humidity range less than 20% and not greater than 80%.  
An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.  
Direct sunlight or room light.  
Dusty places.  
A vehicle for a long period of time.  
182  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
General Care  
An environment where corrosive gases are present.  
An environment with salty air.  
Do not store consumables directly on the floor.  
Do not touch the surface of the photosensitive drum in the print cartridge.  
Do not expose the print cartridge to unnecessary vibrations or shock.  
Never manually rotate the drum in the print cartridge, especially in the reverse direction; this can  
cause internal damage and toner spillage.  
Replacing the Print Cartridge  
The print cartridge contains components that are sensitive to light, temperature, and humidity. Follow  
the recommendations provided to ensure the optimum performance, highest quality, and longest life  
from your new print cartridge.  
Store the cartridge in the same environment as the printer it will be used in; this should be in controlled  
office temperature and humidity conditions. The print cartridge should remain in its original, unopened  
package until installation. If the original packaging is not available, cover the top opening of the  
cartridge with paper and store in a dark cabinet. Opening the cartridge package prior to use  
dramatically shortens its operating life.  
When the print cartridge is empty the Toner is empty. Replace with new one message appears on the  
display screen. The machine stops printing and incoming faxes are saved in memory. At this stage the  
print cartridge needs to be replaced. Replace the print cartridge using the following instructions.  
1. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine.  
2. Open the front door.  
3. Pull the print cartridge out.  
1
3
2
4. Remove the new print cartridge from the packaging.  
5. Remove the protective sheet from the cartridge and the plastic handle that is attached to the  
protective sheet.  
6. Carefully pull the tape out of the cartridge.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
183  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
General Care  
7. Slowly shake the cartridge five or six times to distribute  
the toner evenly inside the cartridge.  
Note: If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry  
cloth and wash clothing in cold water. Hot water sets  
toner into fabric.  
CAUTION: Do not touch the green underside of the print  
cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to avoid  
touching this area.  
8. Hold the print cartridge by the handle and slowly insert the cartridge into the opening in the  
machine.  
9. Tabs on the sides of the cartridge and corresponding  
grooves within the machine will guide the cartridge into  
the correct position until it locks into place.  
10. Close the front door. Make sure that the door is securely  
closed.  
Checking the Supplies Life  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Toner Level and press OK. The level of toner remaining is  
indicated on the status bar.  
3. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
Cleaning the Machine  
WARNING: When cleaning the machine do NOT use organic or strong chemical solvents or  
aerosol cleaners. Do NOT pour fluids directly onto any area. Use supplies and cleaning materials  
only as directed in this documentation. Keep all cleaning materials out of the reach of children.  
WARNING: Do not use pressurized air-spray cleaning aids on or in this equipment. Some  
pressurized air-spray containers contain explosive mixtures and are not suitable for use in  
electrical applications. Use of such cleaners can result in a risk of explosion and fire.  
184  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
General Care  
Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport (CVT) Glass  
To ensure optimum print quality at all times, regularly clean the glass areas of your machine. This helps  
avoid output with lines, streaks, smears, spots and other marks that may appear on the output when  
scanning documents.  
When you use the automatic document feeder, your documents will pass over the stationary scanner  
using the constant velocity transport (CVT) glass. Any dirt or marks on this piece of glass will cause lines  
or streaks on your copies, faxes or scanned images. Also, any marks or dirt on the constant velocity  
transport (CVT) glass cover may show through the document and appear on your scanned images.  
1. Use a lint-free cloth, lightly dampened with Xerox  
Anti-Static or general cleaning fluid or another suitable  
non-abrasive glass cleaner to clean the document glass  
4
and the constant velocity transport glass  
.
2
1
3
2. Wipe away any residue with a clean cloth or paper towel.  
2
3. Use a lint-free cloth, lightly dampened with water, Xerox  
cleaning fluid or Xerox film remover to clean the under  
side of the automatic document feeder  
constant velocity transport glass cover  
and the  
1
3
.
4
Control Panel, Automatic Document Feeder and  
Output Tray  
Regular cleaning keeps the display, control panel and other  
machine areas free from dust and dirt.  
1. Use a soft, lint-free cloth, lightly dampened with water.  
2. Wipe clean the entire area of the control panel, including the display.  
3. Wipe clean the automatic document feeder, output tray, paper trays and other outside areas of  
your machine.  
4. Remove any residue with a clean cloth or paper towel.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
185  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
General Care  
Internal Areas  
During the printing process, paper, toner, and dust particles can accumulate inside the machine. This  
can cause print quality problems, such as toner specks or smearing. Cleaning inside the machine clears  
and reduces these problems.  
1. Turn the machine off and unplug the power cord. Wait  
for the machine to cool down.  
2. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine  
and open the front door.  
3. Pull the print cartridge out and place it on a clean flat  
1
surface.  
3
CAUTIONS:  
To prevent damage to the print cartridge, do not  
expose it to light for more than a few minutes. Cover  
it with a piece of paper, if necessary.  
2
Do not touch the green surface on the underside of  
the print cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge  
to avoid touching this area.  
4. With a dry, lint-free cloth, wipe away any dust and spilled  
toner from the print cartridge area.  
CAUTION: While cleaning the inside of the machine, be  
careful not to damage the transfer roller or any other  
inside parts. Do not use solvents such as benzene or  
thinner to clean. Printing quality problems can occur and  
damage can be caused to the machine.  
186  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
General Care  
5. Re-install the print cartridge. Tabs on the sides of the  
cartridge and corresponding grooves within the machine  
will guide the cartridge into the correct position until it  
locks into place. Close the front door.  
6. Plug in the power cord and turn the machine on.  
Moving the Machine  
When moving the machine, do not tilt or turn it upside down as the inside of the machine may  
become contaminated with toner, which can cause damage to the machine or adversely affect  
print quality.  
When moving the machine, make sure at least two people are holding the machine securely.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
187  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Troubleshooting  
Troubleshooting  
If a problem occurs, messages appear on the control panel display to indicate the error. Perform the  
following problem solving procedure:  
1. When errors occur, Check Status appears on the display. Press OK.  
2. Check the display message to see what kind of error has occurred.  
If several messages appear, press the up/down arrows to highlight the message you want solve.  
3. Use the following information to resolve the problem:  
Redistributing Toner on page 189  
Automatic Document Feeder Jams on page 190  
Paper Jams on page 192  
Error Messages on page 198  
Paper Feeding Problems on page 203  
Printing Problems on page 205  
Copying Problems on page 217  
Scanning Problems on page 218  
Fax Problems on page 219  
4. Press OK on the control panel. If Check Status still appears, repeat the procedure.  
5. If the problem cannot be resolved, power off and on, and try the job again.  
If the problem persists, call for service. When you call for service, provide the service representative  
with the contents of the display message.  
Status / Wireless LED  
The color of the Status / Wireless LED located on the control panel indicate’s the machine’s current  
status. The table below describes the various indicators.  
Note: Some LEDs may not be available, depending on machine configuration.  
LED  
Color  
Status  
Description  
Status LED  
None  
Off  
On  
Machine is offline  
Green  
Green  
Orange  
The machine is on-line and can be used.  
Blinking  
On  
When the backlight blinks. the machine is printing data.  
A cover is open. Close the cover.  
There is no paper in the tray. Load paper in the tray.  
The machine has stopped due to a fault. Check the  
display message to resolve.  
The print cartridge has reached its estimated end of  
life. Replace the print cartridge - see Replacing the  
Print Cartridge on page 183  
188  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Troubleshooting  
LED  
Color  
Status  
Description  
Orange  
Blinking  
A minor error has occurred and the machine is waiting  
for the error to be corrected. Check the display  
message. When the problem is resolved, the machine  
resumes.  
The print cartridge is near its estimated end of life.  
Prepare a new cartridge for replacement. You may  
temporarily increase the printing quality by  
redistributing the toner - see Redistributing Toner on  
page 189.  
Wireless LED  
Blue  
On  
This is the default setting. Also shows blue when the  
machine is connected to a wireless network.  
Redistributing Toner  
When the print cartridge is near the end of its life:  
White streaks or light printing occurs.  
Toner is Low. Order new one appears on the display.  
If this happens, you can temporarily improve print quality by redistributing the remaining toner in the  
cartridge. In some cases, white streaks or light printing will still occur even after you have redistributed  
the toner.  
1. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine.  
2. Open the front door.  
3. Pull the print cartridge out.  
1
3
2
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
189  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Troubleshooting  
4. Slowly shake the cartridge five or six times to distribute  
the toner evenly inside the cartridge.  
Note: If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry  
cloth and wash clothing in cold water. Hot water sets  
toner into fabric.  
CAUTION: Do not touch the green underside of the print  
cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to avoid  
touching this area.  
5. Hold the print cartridge by the handle and slowly insert  
the cartridge into the opening in the machine.  
6. Tabs on the sides of the cartridge and corresponding  
grooves within the machine will guide the cartridge into  
the correct position until it is fully pushed into place.  
7. Close the front door. Ensure that the door is securely  
closed.  
Automatic Document Feeder Jams  
When an original gets jammed while passing through the automatic document feeder, a warning  
message appears on the display screen.  
CAUTION: To avoid tearing the document, remove the jammed document slowly and gently.  
Note: To prevent document jams, use the document glass for thick, thin, or mixed paper-type  
originals.  
1. Remove any remaining pages from the automatic document feeder.  
190  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Troubleshooting  
2. Open the automatic document feeder cover.  
3. Gently remove the jammed paper from the automatic  
document feeder. If you see no paper in this area, go to  
the next step.  
4. If necessary, use two hands to raise the duplex cover and  
pull any jammed originals gently out of the document  
feeder. If you see no paper in this area, go to the next  
step.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
191  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
5. Close the covers.  
6. Lift the automatic document feeder and gently pull out  
any jammed original. Close the automatic document  
feeder.  
7. Reload the removed pages back into the automatic document feeder and press the Start button  
to resume the job.  
Paper Jams  
Tips for Avoiding Paper Curls  
1. Open the rear door.  
192  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Troubleshooting  
1
2. Pull down the pressure levers  
3. Leave the rear door open.  
about 90 degrees.  
Note: The rear door output can only be used for simplex  
jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door open will cause  
paper jams.  
1
Note: Only use when the printout has more than 20mm  
curl.  
Tips for Avoiding Paper Jams  
By selecting the correct media types, most paper jams can be avoided. When a paper jam occurs, refer  
Ensure that the adjustable guides on the paper tray are positioned correctly. (See Loading Paper  
Tray 1 and Paper Tray 2 (optional) on page 144.)  
Do not overload the tray. Ensure that the paper level is below the paper capacity mark on the  
inside of the tray.  
Do not remove paper from the tray while your machine is printing.  
Flex, fan, and straighten paper before loading.  
Do not use creased, damp, or highly curled paper.  
Do not mix paper types in a tray.  
Use only recommended print media. (See Media Types on page 151.)  
Ensure that the recommended side of the print media is facing down in the tray, or facing up in  
the bypass tray.  
Do not print duplex output with the rear door open.  
When a paper jam occurs, a warning message appears on the display screen.  
CAUTION: To avoid tearing the paper, pull the jammed paper out slowly and gently. Follow the  
instructions in the following sections to clear the jam.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
193  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Troubleshooting  
Paper Tray 1  
1. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine  
and open then close the front door. The jammed paper is  
automatically ejected from the machine.  
If the paper does not exit, go to the next step.  
2. Pull out paper tray 1.  
3. Remove the jammed paper by gently pulling it straight  
out.  
not see the paper in this area, check the area around the  
print cartridge. Refer to Inside the Machine on page 196.  
5. Insert tray 1 back into the machine until it snaps into  
place. Printing automatically resumes.  
Optional Paper Tray 2  
1. Pull out paper tray 2.  
2. Remove the jammed paper from the machine.  
If the paper does not move when you pull it or if you do  
not see the paper in this area, stop and go to the next  
step. If the paper has been removed, insert tray 2 back  
into the machine until it snaps into place. Printing  
automatically resumes.  
3. Pull tray 1 half-way out.  
194  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Troubleshooting  
4. Pull the paper straight up and out.  
5. Insert the trays back into the machine. Printing  
automatically resumes.  
Bypass Tray  
1. If the paper is not feeding properly, pull the paper out of  
the machine.  
2. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine  
and open then close the front door.  
3. Re-load the bypass tray to resume printing.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
195  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Troubleshooting  
Inside the Machine  
CAUTION: The fuser area is hot. Take care when removing paper from the machine.  
1. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine  
and open the front door. Pull the print cartridge out,  
lifting it up slightly at the front.  
1
3
2
2. Remove the jammed paper by gently pulling it straight  
out.  
3. Replace the print cartridge. Tabs on the sides of the  
cartridge and corresponding grooves within the machine  
will guide the cartridge into the correct position until it  
locks into place. Close the front door. Printing  
automatically resumes.  
Output Area  
1. Press the release latch on the left side of the machine and open then close the front door. The  
jammed paper is automatically ejected from the machine.  
If no paper is automatically ejected and you do not see the jammed paper, go to the next step.  
196  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Troubleshooting  
2. Gently pull the paper out of the output tray.  
If you do not see the jammed paper or if there is any  
resistance when you pull, stop and go to the next step.  
3. Open the rear door.  
4. If you see the jammed paper, pull down the pressure  
levers on each side about 90 degrees and remove the  
paper.  
If you still do not see the paper, go to step 1 in the next  
section, otherwise close the rear cover. Printing  
automatically resumes.  
2
1
1
3
Duplex Unit Area  
If the duplex unit is not inserted correctly, a paper jam may occur. To avoid paper jams, make sure that  
the duplex unit is inserted correctly with the edges of the unit aligned with the feed grooves on the  
inside of the machine. The duplex unit is located at the rear of the machine.  
1. .Pull the duplex unit out of the machine.  
2. Remove the jammed paper from the duplex unit  
If the paper does not come out with the duplex unit, go  
to the next step.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
197  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
3. Remove the paper from the bottom of the machine.  
4. Insert the duplex unit back into the machine, aligning  
the edges of the unit with the feed grooves on the inside  
of the machine. Make sure the duplex unit is fully pushed  
in.  
5. If paper is still jammed, go to the next step.  
6. Open the rear door. If you see the jammed paper, pull  
down the pressure levers on each side about 90 degrees  
and remove the paper as shown in the illustration.  
7. Close the rear door. Printing automatically resumes.  
2
1
1
3
Error Messages  
Use the following information to solve problems on the machine. Some messages may not appear on  
the display depending on options or models.  
198  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Troubleshooting  
[xxx] indicates the media type, [zzz] indicates the paper size, [yyy] indicates the tray.  
Message  
Meaning  
Suggested Solutions  
BOOTP problem  
BOOTP has a problem.  
Reconfigure DHCP/static IP  
There is a problem with the  
network.  
Check your network  
environment, or contact your  
network administrator.  
BOOTP problem  
BOOTP has a problem. Switching  
to Auto IP  
There is a problem with the  
network.  
Check your network  
environment, or contact your  
network administrator.  
Connection Error  
Connection with the SMTP server  
failed.  
Check the server settings and  
the network cable.  
Data Read Fail  
Check USB key  
Time expired while reading data.  
Try again.  
Data Write Fail  
Check USB key  
Storing to the USB memory failed.  
Check the available USB  
memory space.  
DHCP problem  
DHCP has a problem. Reconfigure  
BOOTP/static IP  
There is a problem with the  
network.  
Check your network  
environment, or contact your  
network administrator.  
DHCP problem  
DHCP has a problem. Switching to  
Auto IP  
There is a problem with the  
network.  
Check your network  
environment, or contact your  
network administrator.  
Door is open.  
Close it  
The front door or fuser door is not  
securely latched.  
Close the front door until it  
locks into place.  
Close the fuser door until it  
locks into place.  
Enter Again  
Your entry was incorrect.  
Input the correct entry.  
File Format is Not Supported  
The selected file format is not  
supported.  
Use the correct file format.  
Fuser error  
There is a problem in the machine.  
Turn the machine off and turn  
it on again. If the problem  
persists, call for service.  
Group Not Available  
You have tried to select a group  
location number where only a  
single location number can be  
used, such as when adding  
locations for a multiple send  
operation.  
Use a speed dial number or  
dial number manually using  
the number keypad.  
IP Conflict  
This IP address conflicts with that  
of other system  
The IP address is used elsewhere.  
Check the IP address or obtain  
a new IP address.  
Jam bottom of duplex  
Paper has jammed during duplex  
printing.  
Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams  
on page 192.)  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
199  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
Message  
Meaning  
Jam in exit area  
Paper has jammed in exit area.  
Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams  
on page 192.)  
Jam inside Machine  
Jam top of duplex  
Paper has jammed inside the  
machine.  
Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams  
on page 192.)  
Paper has jammed during duplex  
printing.  
Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams  
on page 192.)  
Junk Fax Error  
Junk Fax Job Cancelled  
The machine has received a fax  
from a fax number registered as a  
junk fax.  
deleted. Reconfirm junk fax  
setup. (See Fax Setup on  
page 166.)  
Line Busy  
The line is already engaged.  
Try later  
The receiving fax machine did not  
answer or the line is already  
engaged.  
Try again after a few minutes.  
Line Error  
The Fax Line has a problem.  
Try again  
Your machine cannot connect with  
the receiving fax machine or has  
lost contact because of a problem  
with the phone line.  
Try again. If the problem  
persists, wait an hour or so for  
the ECM mode on (See Fax  
Setup on page 166.)  
Mail Size Error  
Mail exceeds than server support  
The mail size is larger than the  
supported size by SMTP server.  
Divide your mail or reduce the  
resolution.  
Mail Size Error  
One Page is Too Large  
Single page data exceeds the  
configured mail size.  
Reduce the resolution and try  
again.  
Memory Full  
The memory is full.  
Press the left/right arrows to  
highlight Cancel or Start, then  
press OK. If you select Cancel,  
the machine stops the Fax job.  
If you select Start, the  
machine only sends scanned  
documents of the Fax job.  
Memory Full  
Divide the Job  
The memory is full.  
The memory is full.  
Split the transmission into  
more than one operation.  
Memory Full  
Fax memory is full. Print or remove  
received Fax job  
Print or remove the received  
fax data in the memory.  
Network Error  
There is a problem with the  
network.  
There is a problem with the  
network.  
Check your network  
environment, or contact your  
network administrator.  
Network Problem  
Network cable is not connected.  
Check it  
The machine is not connected  
with a network cable.  
Connect the machine to the  
network with a network cable.  
200  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
Message  
Meaning  
Suggested Solutions  
Network Problem  
Network card is not installed.  
There is a problem on the network  
interface.  
Turn the power switch off and  
on. If the problem persists, call  
for service.  
No Answer  
The remote fax machine has not  
answered  
The remote fax machine has not  
answered after several redial  
attempts.  
Verify the number to ensure  
that it is correct.  
No such job  
You are performing an Add Pages  
or Cancel Job operation, but there  
are no jobs waiting.  
Check the display to see if  
there are any scheduled jobs.  
The display should indicate if  
any scheduled jobs are in  
Standby mode, for example,  
Delay Fax.  
Original paper Jam  
Output bin Full  
Output bin Full. Remove printed  
paper  
The original has jammed in the  
automatic document feeder.  
Document Feeder Jams on  
page 190.)  
The document output tray is full.  
The document output tray can  
hold up to 150 sheets of plain  
paper. Once the paper is  
removed from the document  
output tray, the printer  
resumes printing.  
Paper Empty in [yyy]  
Paper is empty in [yyy].  
Load paper  
There is no paper in the tray.  
Load paper in the tray. (See  
Loading Paper Tray 1 and  
Paper Tray 2 (optional) on  
page 144.)  
Paper Jam in MPT  
Paper Jam in tray 1  
Paper Jam in tray 2  
Paper has jammed in the Bypass  
Tray area.  
Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams  
on page 192.)  
Paper has jammed in the tray 1  
area.  
Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams  
on page 192.)  
Paper has jammed in the tray 2  
area.  
Clear the jam. (See Paper Jams  
on page 192.)  
Paper mismatch [yyy]  
Load [zzz][xxx] Continue Cancel  
The paper size specified in the  
printer properties does not match  
the paper you are loading.  
Select Continue or Cancel. If  
you select Cancel, the printing  
job will stop. Load the correct  
paper in the tray. If you select  
Continue, the printing job will  
continue.  
Pickup roller is worn  
[yyy] pickup roller is worn.  
Replace with new one  
The pickup roller has reached the  
end of its lifespan.  
This message appears when  
the pickup roller is worn.  
Replace the pickup roller with a  
new one or call for service.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
201  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
Message  
Meaning  
Suggested Solutions  
Retry Redial?  
The machine is  
You can press OK to  
immediately redial, or Stop to  
cancel the redial operation.  
waiting for a specified  
time interval to redial  
a previously busy  
station.  
Self Diagnostics...  
Please wait  
The engine in your printer is  
checking some problems detected.  
Please wait a few minutes.  
Configure the DNS setting.  
Configure the POP3 setting.  
Change to the available server.  
Send Error  
There is a problem in DNS  
There is a problem in DNS.  
There is a problem in POP3.  
There is a problem in SMTP.  
Send Error  
There is a problem in POP3  
Send Error  
There is a problem in SMTP  
Send Error  
There is a problem in SMTP  
authentication  
There is a problem in SMTP  
authentication.  
Configure the authentication  
setting.  
Send Error  
There is a problem on the NIC  
Card  
There is a problem on the network  
interface card.  
Turn the power switch off and  
on. If the problem persists, call  
for service.  
Toner is empty  
Toner is empty. Replace with new  
one  
The print cartridge has reached  
the end of its lifespan. The printer  
stops printing.  
(See Replacing the Print  
Cartridge on page 183.)  
Toner is Low  
Toner is Low.  
Order new one  
Only a small amount of toner is  
left in the print cartridge. The print  
cartridge will need to be replaced  
soon.  
Prepare a new cartridge for  
replacement. You may  
temporarily increase the  
Redistributing Toner on  
page 189.)  
Toner Not Compatible  
Print cartridge is not compatible.  
Check guide  
The print cartridge you have  
installed is not for your machine.  
Install a new print cartridge  
designed for your machine.  
Toner Not Installed  
Print cartridge is not Installed.  
Install it  
The print cartridge is not installed.  
Install the print cartridge.  
Too many Faxes  
Too may faxes are received.  
Print or remove job.  
There are too many received faxes  
in the memory.  
Print or remove received fax.  
202  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
Message  
Meaning  
Suggested Solutions  
Too many Faxes  
Too may faxes are queued.  
Wait or remove job.  
There are too many queued faxes  
in the memory.  
Cancel reserved fax in priority  
fax feature.  
[yyy] empty  
Load [zzz][xxx]  
There is no paper in  
the tray.  
Load paper in the tray. (See  
Loading Paper Tray 1 and  
Paper Tray 2 (optional) on  
page 144.)  
Tray2 Not Installed  
Tray2 is not installed  
The optional tray2 is not installed.  
Install the optional tray 2. If  
the optional tray 2 is installed,  
check the cable connecting the  
machine and the optional tray  
2. If the problem persists, call  
for service.  
Tray2 has a problem  
Communication problem occurred  
with Tray2  
The machine cannot  
communicate the optional tray 2.  
Check the cable connecting the  
machine and the optional tray  
2. If the problem persists, call  
for service.  
Common Problems  
The following chart lists some conditions that may occur and the recommended solutions. Follow the  
suggested solutions until the problem is corrected. If the problem persists, call for service.  
Paper Feeding Problems  
Condition  
Paper jams during printing.  
Paper sticks together.  
Clear the paper jam. (See Paper Jams on page 192.)  
Check the maximum paper capacity of the tray. (See Media  
Make sure that you are using the correct type of paper. (See Media  
Types on page 151.)  
Remove paper from the tray and flex or fan the paper.  
Humid conditions may cause some paper to stick together.  
Different types of paper may be stacked in the tray. Load paper of only  
one type, size, and weight.  
Paper does not feed into the  
machine.  
Remove any obstructions from inside the machine.  
Paper has not been loaded correctly. Remove paper from the tray and  
reload it correctly.  
The paper is too thick. Use only paper that meets the specifications  
required by the machine. (See Media Specifications on page 225.)  
If you are printing on special media, use the Bypass Tray.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
203  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Troubleshooting  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
The paper keeps jamming.  
There is too much paper in the tray. Remove excess paper from the tray.  
If you are printing on special materials, use the Bypass Tray.  
An incorrect type of paper is being used. Use only paper that meets the  
specifications required by the machine. (See Media Types on page 151.)  
There may be debris inside the machine. Press the release latch on  
the left side of the machine and open the front door, remove the  
print cartridge and any debris. Reinsert the print cartridge.  
Transparencies stick together in  
the paper exit.  
Use only transparencies specifically designed for laser printers. Remove  
each transparency as it exits from the machine.  
Envelopes skew or fail to feed  
correctly.  
Ensure that the paper guides are against both sides of the envelopes.  
The originals keep jamming in  
the automatic document feeder  
If an original does not feed into the machine, the automatic document  
feeder rubber pad may need to be replaced. Contact a service  
representative.  
204  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
Printing Problems  
Condition  
Possible Cause  
Suggested Solutions  
The machine does not print.  
The machine is not receiving  
power.  
Check the power cord connections.  
Check the power switch and the  
power source.  
The machine is not selected as  
the default machine.  
Select your machine as your default  
machine in Windows.  
Check the machine for the following:  
The front door is not closed. Close the front door.  
No paper is loaded. Load paper. (See Loading Paper Tray 1 and Paper  
Tray 2 (optional) on page 144.)  
The print cartridge is not installed. Install the print cartridge.  
If a system error occurs, contact your service representative.  
The connection cable between  
the computer and the machine  
is not connected properly.  
Disconnect the machine cable and  
reconnect it.  
The connection cable between  
the computer and the machine  
is defective.  
If possible, attach the cable to  
another computer that is working  
properly and print a job. You can also  
try using a different machine cable.  
The port setting is incorrect.  
Check the Windows printer setting to  
make sure that the print job is sent  
to the correct port. If the computer  
has more than one port, make sure  
that the machine is attached to the  
correct one.  
The machine may be  
configured incorrectly.  
Check the printer driver options to  
are correct. (See Print Procedure on  
page 102.)  
The printer driver may be  
incorrectly installed.  
Reinstall the printer software. (See  
Install Printer Software on page 94.)  
The machine is malfunctioning.  
Check the display message on the  
control panel to see if the machine is  
indicating a system error. Contact a  
service representative.  
The document size is so big  
that the hard disk space of the  
computer is insufficient to  
access the print job.  
Get more hard disk space and print  
the document again.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
205  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Troubleshooting  
Condition  
Possible Cause  
Suggested Solutions  
The machine selects print  
materials from the wrong paper selected in the Printing  
source.  
The paper option that was  
For many software applications, the  
paper source selection is found under  
Preferences. Select the correct paper  
source. (See Paper Options on  
page 105.)  
Preferences may be incorrect.  
A print job is extremely slow.  
The job may be very complex.  
Reduce the complexity of the page  
or try adjusting the print quality  
settings.  
After 600 consecutive prints the  
device print speed will slow down  
until the current job completes. The  
next job will return to rated speed.  
Half the page is blank.  
The page orientation setting  
may be incorrect.  
Change the page orientation in your  
application. See the printer driver  
help screen.  
The paper size and the paper  
size settings do not match.  
Ensure that the paper size in the  
printer driver settings matches the  
paper in the tray.  
Or, ensure that the paper size in the  
printer driver settings matches the  
paper selection in the software  
application settings you use.  
The machine prints, but the  
text is wrong, garbled, or  
incomplete.  
The machine cable is loose or  
defective.  
Disconnect the machine cable and  
reconnect. Try a print job that you  
have already printed successfully. If  
possible, attach the cable and the  
machine to another computer that  
you know works and try a print job.  
Try a new machine cable.  
The wrong printer driver was  
selected.  
Check the application’s printer  
selection menu to ensure that your  
machine is selected.  
The software application is  
malfunctioning.  
Try printing a job from another  
application.  
The operating system is  
malfunctioning.  
Exit Windows and reboot the  
computer. Turn the machine off and  
back on again.  
206  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
Condition  
Possible Cause  
Suggested Solutions  
Pages print, but they are blank.  
The print cartridge is defective  
or out of toner.  
Redistribute the toner, if necessary.  
If necessary, replace the print  
cartridge.  
The file may have blank pages.  
Check the file to ensure that it does  
not contain blank pages.  
Some parts, such as the  
controller or the board, may be  
defective.  
Contact a service representative.  
The machine does not print  
PDF file correctly. Some parts of PDF file and the Acrobat  
graphics, text, or illustrations  
are missing.  
Incompatibility between the  
Printing the PDF file as an image  
may enable the file to print. Turn on  
Print As Image from the Acrobat  
printing options. It will take longer to  
print when you print a PDF file as an  
image.  
products.  
The print quality of photos is  
not good. Images are not clear. very low.  
The resolution of the photo is  
Reduce the photo size. If you  
increase the photo size in the  
software application, the resolution  
will be reduced.  
Before printing, the machine  
emits vapor near the output  
tray.  
Using damp paper can cause  
vapor during printing.  
Load a new batch of paper.  
To avoid the paper absorbing too  
much moisture, do not open  
packages of paper until required.  
The machine does not print  
special- sized paper, such as  
billing paper.  
Paper size and paper size  
setting do not match.  
Set the correct paper size in the  
Paper tab in the Printing  
Preferences. (See Paper Options on  
page 105.)  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
207  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
Common PostScript Problems  
The following situations are PS language specific and may occur when several printer languages are  
used.  
Problem  
Possible Cause  
Solution  
PostScript file cannot be printed.  
The PostScript driver may not be  
installed correctly.  
Install the PostScript driver.  
(See Install Printer Software on  
page 94.)  
Print a configuration page and  
verify that the PS version is  
available for printing.  
If the problem persists, contact  
a service representative.  
“Limit Check Error” report prints.  
A PostScript error page prints.  
The print job was too complex.  
You might need to reduce the  
complexity of the page or  
install more memory. (Refer to  
the System Administrator  
Guide.)  
The print job may not be  
PostScript.  
Make sure that the print job is  
a PostScript job. Check to see  
whether the software  
application expected a setup  
or PostScript header file to be  
sent to the machine.  
The optional tray is not selected in The printer driver has not been  
Open the PostScript driver  
properties, select the Device  
Settings tab, and set the tray  
option of the Installable  
the driver.  
configured to recognize the  
optional tray.  
Options section to Installed.  
When printing a document in  
Macintosh with Acrobat Reader  
6.0 or higher, colors print  
incorrectly.  
The resolution setting in the  
printer driver may not be matched  
with the one in Acrobat Reader.  
Make sure that the resolution  
setting in your printer driver  
matches the one in Acrobat  
Reader.  
208  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Troubleshooting  
Common Windows Problems  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
“File in Use” message appears during installation.  
Exit all software applications. Remove all software  
from the printer’s startup group, then restart  
Windows. Re-install the printer driver.  
“General Protection Fault”, “Exception OE”, “Spool  
32”, or “Illegal Operation” messages appear.  
Close all other applications, reboot Windows and  
try printing again.  
“Fail To Print”, “A printer timeout error occurred”  
messages appear.  
These messages may appear during printing. Just  
keep waiting until the machine finishes printing.  
If the message appears in standby mode or after  
printing has been completed, check the  
connection and/or whether an error has occurred.  
Note: Refer to the Microsoft Windows User Guide supplied with your computer for further  
information on Windows error messages.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
209  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Troubleshooting  
Common Linux Problems  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
The machine does not print.  
Check if the printer driver is installed on your system. Open the Unified  
Driver Configurator and switch to the Printers tab in the Printers  
configuration window to look at the list of available machines. Make  
sure that your machine is displayed on the list. If not, open the Add new  
printer wizard to set up your machine.  
Check if the machine is started. Open the Printers configuration  
window and select your machine from the printer list. Look at the  
description in the Selected printer pane. If its status contains Stopped,  
press the Start button. Normal operation of the machine should be  
restored. The “stopped” status might be activated if problems in  
printing occurred. For instance, this could be an attempt to print a  
document when the port is being used by a scanning application.  
Ensure the port is not busy. Since functional components of the  
machine (printer and scanner) share the same I/O interface (port),  
simultaneous access of different “consumer” applications to the same  
port is possible. To avoid possible conflicts, only one of them at a time is  
allowed to gain control over the machine. The other “consumer” will  
encounter a “device busy” response. You should open the Ports  
Configuration window and select the port assigned to your machine. In  
the Selected port pane you can see if the port is occupied by some  
other application. If this is the case, you should either wait for  
completion of the current job or press the Release port button.  
Check if your application has a special print option such as “-oraw”. If  
“-oraw” is specified in the command line parameter, then remove it to  
print properly. For Gimp front-end, select the “print” -> “Setup printer”  
and edit command line parameters in the command item.  
The CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) version distributed with SuSE  
Linux 9.2 (cups-1.1.21) has a problem with ipp (Internet Printing  
Protocol). Use the socket printing instead of ipp or install a later version  
of CUPS (cups-1.1.22 or higher).  
The machine does not print  
whole pages, and output is  
printed on half the page.  
It is a known problem that occurs on version 8.51 or earlier of  
Ghostscript, 64-bit Linux OS.The problem is solved in AFPL Ghostscript v.  
8.52 or above. Download the latest version of AFPL Ghostscript from  
http://sourceforge.net/projects/ghostscript/ and install it to solve this  
problem.  
Cannot scan via Gimp  
Front-end.  
Check if the Gimp Front-end has Xsane: Device dialog. on the Acquire  
menu. If not, you should install the Xsane plug-in for Gimp on the your  
computer. You can find the Xsane plug-in package for Gimp on the Linux  
distribution CD or the Gimp home page. For detailed information, refer  
to the ‘Help for Linux’ distribution CD or the Gimp Front-end application.  
If you wish to use another kind of scan application, refer to the  
application’s Help files.  
210  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Troubleshooting  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
Error message “Cannot open  
port device file” displays when  
printing a document.  
Avoid changing print job parameters (via LPR GUI, for example) while a  
print job is in progress. Known versions of CUPS server break the print  
job whenever print options are changed and then try to restart the job  
from the beginning. Since Unified Linux Driver locks the port while  
printing, the abrupt termination of the driver keeps the port locked and  
unavailable for subsequent Print jobs. If this situation occurs, try to  
release the port by selecting Release port in Port configuration  
window.  
The machine does not appear  
on the scanners list.  
Ensure your machine is attached to your computer, connected properly  
via the USB port, and is turned on.  
Ensure the scanner driver for your machine is installed on your system.  
Open Unified Linux Driver configurator, switch to Scanners  
configuration, then press Drivers. Make sure that a driver with a name  
corresponding to your machine's name is listed in the window.  
Ensure the port is not busy. Since functional components of the  
machine (printer and scanner) share the same I/O interface (port),  
simultaneous access of different “consumer” applications to the same  
port is possible. To avoid possible conflicts, only one of them at a time is  
allowed to gain control over the machine. The other “consumer” will  
encounter “device busy” response. This usually happens when starting a  
scan procedure. An appropriate message box appears.  
To identify the source of the problem, open the Ports configuration and  
select the port assigned to your scanner, port's symbol /dev/mfp0  
corresponds to LP:0 designation displayed in the scanners’ options,  
/dev/mfp1 relates to LP:1, and so on. USB ports start at /dev/mfp4, so  
scanner on USB:0 relates to /dev/mfp4 respectively and so forth  
sequentially. In the Selected port pane, you can see if the port is  
occupied by another application. If this is the case, you should either  
wait for completion of the current job or press the Release port button.  
The machine does not scan.  
Ensure a document is loaded into the machine, ensure your machine is  
connected to the computer.  
Note: Refer to the Linux User Guide supplied with your computer for further information on Linux  
error messages.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
211  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
Common Macintosh Problems  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
The machine does not print  
PDF files correctly. Some parts  
of graphics, text, or illustrations  
are missing.  
Printing the PDF file as an image may enable the file to print. Turn on  
Print As Image from the Acrobat printing options.  
It will take longer to print when you print a PDF file as an image.  
The document has printed, but  
the print job has not  
Update your MAC OS to OS X 10.3.3 or higher.  
disappeared from the spooler in  
Mac OS X10.3.2.  
Some letters are not displayed  
normally during the cover page  
printing.  
Mac OS cannot create the font during the cover page printing. The  
English alphabet and numbers are displayed normally on the cover  
page.  
When printing a document in  
Macintosh with Acrobat  
Reader 6.0 or higher, colors  
print incorrectly.  
Make sure that the resolution setting in your machine driver matches  
the one in Acrobat Reader.  
Note: Refer to the Macintosh User Guide supplied with your computer for further information on  
Macintosh error messages.  
212  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Troubleshooting  
Print Quality Problems  
If the inside of the machine is dirty or paper has been loaded improperly, there might be a reduction in  
print quality. See the table below to clear the problem.  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
Light or faded print  
If a vertical white streak or faded area appears on the page, the toner supply is low.  
You may be able to temporarily extend the print cartridge life. (See Redistributing  
Toner on page 189.) If this does not improve the print quality, install a new print  
cartridge.  
The paper may not meet paper specifications; for example, the paper may be too  
moist or rough. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)  
If the entire page is light, the print resolution setting is too low or the toner save  
mode is on. Adjust the print resolution and turn the toner save mode off. See the  
A combination of faded or smeared defects may indicate that the print cartridge  
needs replacing. (See Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 183.)  
Toner specks  
The paper may not meet specifications; for example, the paper may be too moist or  
rough. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)  
The transfer roller may be dirty. Clean the inside of your machine. (See Internal  
Areas on page 186.)  
The paper path may need cleaning. (See Internal Areas on page 186.)  
Dropouts  
If faded areas, generally rounded, occur randomly on the page:  
A single sheet of paper may be defective. Try reprinting the job.  
The moisture content of the paper is uneven or the paper has moist spots on its  
surface. Try a different brand of paper. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)  
The paper is damaged. The manufacturing processes can cause some areas to reject  
toner. Try a new ream or brand of paper.  
Change the printer option and try again. Go to Printing Preferences, click Paper tab,  
and set type to Thick. (See Paper Options on page 105.)  
A a B b C  
A a B b C  
A a B b C  
A a B b C  
A a B b C  
If these steps do not correct the problem, contact a service representative.  
White Spots  
If white spots appear on the page:  
The paper is too rough and dirt from the paper falls to the inner areas of the  
machine on to the transfer roller. Clean the inside of your machine. (See Internal  
Areas on page 186.).  
The paper path may need cleaning. (See Internal Areas on page 186.)  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
213  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Troubleshooting  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
Vertical lines  
If black vertical streaks appear on the page, isolate the problem to copying, printing or  
scanning and perform the following:  
If copying or scanning, check the CVT glass and document glass and if necessary  
clean using a lint-free cloth. (See Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport  
(CVT) Glass on page 185.)  
If copying or printing, the surface (drum part) of the print cartridge inside the  
machine has probably been scratched. Remove the print cartridge and install a new  
one. (See Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 183.)  
If white vertical streaks appear on the page:  
Background  
If the amount of background shading becomes unacceptable:  
Change to a lighter weight paper. (See Media Specifications on page 225 for  
specifications.)  
Check the environmental conditions: very dry conditions or a high level of humidity  
(higher than 80% RH) can increase the amount of background shading.  
Remove the old print cartridge and, install a new one. (See Replacing the Print  
Cartridge on page 183.)  
Use the Background Suppression feature in the Menu options.  
Toner smear  
If toner smears on the page:  
Clean the inside of the machine. (See Internal Areas on page 186.)  
Check the paper type and quality. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)  
Remove the print cartridge and then, install a new one. (See Replacing the Print  
Cartridge on page 183.)  
Vertical repetitive  
defects  
If marks repeatedly appear on the printed side of the page at even intervals:  
The print cartridge may be damaged, run a few prints through the machine and if  
you still have the problem, remove the print cartridge and install a new one. (See  
Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 183.)  
Parts of the machine may have toner on them. If the defects occur on the back of  
the page, the problem will likely correct itself after a few more pages.  
The fusing assembly may be damaged. Contact a service representative.  
Background scatter Background scatter results from bits of toner randomly distributed on the printed page.  
The paper may be too damp. Load a new batch of paper. Do not open packages of  
paper until necessary so that the paper does not absorb too much moisture.  
If background scatter occurs on an envelope, change the printing layout to avoid  
printing over areas that have overlapping seams on the reverse side. Printing on  
seams can cause problems.  
A
If background scatter covers the entire surface area of a printed page, adjust the  
print resolution through your software application or using the printer driver options.  
(See Print Procedure on page 102.)  
214  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
Misformed  
characters  
If characters are improperly formed and producing hollow images, the paper stock  
may be too slick. Try different paper. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)  
If characters are improperly formed and producing a wavy effect, the scanner unit  
may need service. Contact a service representative.  
Page skew  
Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.  
Ensure that the guides are not too tight or too loose against the paper stack. (See  
Loading Paper Tray 1 and Paper Tray 2 (optional) on page 144.)  
Curl or wave  
Check the paper type and quality. Both high temperature and humidity can cause  
paper curl. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)  
Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180 degrees in  
If the job is simplex, use the rear door as the output location. For instructions, refer  
to Using the Rear Door on page 44.  
Wrinkles or creases  
Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.  
Check the paper type and quality. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)  
Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180 degrees in  
If the job is simplex, use the rear door as the output location. For instructions, refer  
to Using the Rear Door on page 44.  
Back of printouts  
are dirty  
Check for leaking toner. Clean the inside of the machine. (See Internal Areas on  
page 186.)  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
215  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
Solid Black pages  
The print cartridge may not be installed properly. Remove the cartridge and reinsert  
it.  
The print cartridge may be defective. Remove the print cartridge and install a new  
one. (See Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 183.)  
The machine may require repair. Contact a service representative.  
Loose toner  
Clean the inside of the machine. (See Internal Areas on page 186.)  
Check the paper type and quality. (See Media Guidelines on page 150.)  
Remove the print cartridge and then, install a new one. (See Replacing the Print  
Cartridge on page 183.)  
The machine may require repair. Contact a service representative.  
Character Voids  
Character voids are white areas within parts of characters that should be solid black:  
If you are using transparencies, try another type of transparency. Because of the  
composition of transparencies, some character voids are normal.  
You may be printing on the wrong surface of the paper. Remove the paper and turn  
The paper may not meet paper specifications. (See Media Specifications on  
page 225.)  
A
Horizontal stripes  
If horizontally aligned black lines, stripes, streaks or smears appear:  
The print cartridge may be installed improperly. Remove the cartridge and reinsert it.  
The print cartridge may be defective. Remove the print cartridge and install a new  
one. (See Replacing the Print Cartridge on page 183.)  
If the problem persists, the machine may require repair. Contact a service  
representative.  
A a B b C  
A a B b C  
A a B b C  
A a B b C  
A a B b C  
216  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
Curl  
If the printed paper is curled or paper does not feed into the machine:  
Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180° in the tray.  
Change the printer option and try again. Go to Printing Preferences, click Paper tab,  
and set type to Thin. (See Print Procedure on page 102.)  
An unknown image  
repetitively  
appears on a few  
sheets or loose  
toner, light print, or  
contamination  
occurs.  
Your machine is probably being used at an altitude of 1,500 m (4,921 ft) or above.  
The high altitude may affect the print quality, such as loose toner or light imaging.  
Change the correct altitude setting to your machine. (See Machine Settings on  
page 170.)  
Copying Problems  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
Copies are too light  
or too dark.  
Use Darkness in Copy feature to lighten or darken the copies. (See Select the  
Features on page 33.)  
Smears, lines, marks,  
or spots appear on  
copies.  
If the defects are on the original, use Darkness in Copy feature to lighten the  
background of your copies. (See Select the Features on page 33.)  
If there are no defects on the original, clean the scanner unit. (See Internal Areas  
on page 186.)  
If the defect occurs when using the automatic document feeder, clean the CVT  
glass using a lint-free cloth. (See Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport  
(CVT) Glass on page 185.)  
Copy image is  
skewed.  
Ensure that the original is face down on the document glass and not skewed.  
Ensure that the original is face up in the automatic document feeder and just  
Check that the copy paper is loaded correctly. (See Loading Paper Tray 1 and Paper  
Tray 2 (optional) on page 144.)  
Check that the paper is within specification. (See Media Specifications on  
page 225.)  
Blank copies.  
Ensure that the original is face down on the document glass or face up in the  
automatic document feeder.  
Image rubs off the  
copy easily.  
Replace the paper in the tray with paper from a new package.  
In high humidity areas, do not leave paper in the machine for extended periods of  
Check that the paper is within specification. (See Media Specifications on  
page 225.)  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
217  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Troubleshooting  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
Frequent copy paper  
jams occur.  
Fan the stack of paper, then turn it over in the tray. Replace the paper in the tray  
with a fresh supply. Check/adjust the paper guides, if necessary.  
Ensure that the paper is the proper paper weight.  
Check for copy paper or pieces of copy paper remaining in the machine after a  
paper jam has been cleared.  
Print cartridge  
produces fewer  
copies than  
Your originals may contain pictures, solids, or heavy lines. For example, your  
originals may be forms, newsletters, books, or other documents that use more  
toner.  
expected before  
running out of toner.  
The automatic document feeder may be left open while copies are being made.  
Turn the machine off and back on.  
Scanning Problems  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
The scanner does not  
work.  
Make sure that you place the original to be scanned face down on the document  
glass, or face up in the automatic document feeder.  
There may not be enough available memory to hold the document you want to  
scan.  
Check that the machine cable is connected properly.  
Make sure that the machine cable is not defective. Switch the cable with a known  
good cable. If necessary, replace the cable.  
Check that the scanner is configured correctly. Check scan setting in the Xerox  
Scan Assistant or the application you want to use to make certain that the  
scanner job is being sent to the correct port (for example, USB001).  
The unit scans very  
slowly.  
Check if the machine is printing received data. If so, scan the document after the  
received data has been printed.  
Graphics are scanned more slowly than text.  
The following  
message appears on  
your computer  
screen:  
Machine can’t be  
set to the H/W  
mode you want.  
There may be a copy or print job in progress. Try your job again when that job is  
finished.  
Port is being used  
by another  
program.  
The selected port is currently being used. Restart your computer and try again.  
The machine cable may be improperly connected or the power may be off.  
Port is Disabled.  
218  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Troubleshooting  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
Scanner is busy  
receiving or  
The scanner driver is not installed or the operating environment is not set up  
properly.  
printing data.  
When the current  
job is completed,  
try again.  
Invalid handle.  
Ensure that the machine is properly connected and the power is on, then restart  
your computer.  
Scanning has  
failed.  
The USB cable may be improperly connected or the power may be off.  
Fax Problems  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
The machine is not  
working, there is no  
display, or the  
buttons are not  
working.  
Power off the machine and unplug the power cord. Plug the power cord back in and  
then power the machine on.  
Ensure that there is power being supplied to the electrical outlet.  
No dial tone.  
Check that the phone line is properly connected.  
Check that the phone socket on the wall is working by plugging in another phone.  
The numbers stored  
in memory do not  
dial correctly.  
Make sure that the numbers are stored in memory correctly. Print an Address Book  
list. (See Information Pages on page 157.)  
The original does  
not feed into the  
machine.  
Make sure that the paper is not wrinkled and you are inserting it in correctly. Check  
that the original is the right size, not too thick or thin.  
Make sure that the automatic document feeder is firmly closed.  
The automatic document feeder rubber pad may need to be replaced. Contact a  
service representative.  
Faxes are not  
received  
automatically.  
The receiving mode should be set to fax.  
Make sure that there is paper in the tray.  
Check to see if the display shows any error message and follow the instructions to  
remedy the problem.  
The machine does  
not send.  
Make sure that the original is loaded in the automatic document feeder or on the  
document glass.  
Check the fax machine you are sending to, to see if it can receive your fax.  
Try the job again later, the line may have a fault or be busy.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
219  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Troubleshooting  
Condition  
Suggested Solutions  
The incoming fax  
has blank spaces or  
is of poor-quality.  
The fax machine sending you the fax may be faulty.  
A noisy phone line can cause line errors.  
The print cartridge may be empty. Replace the print cartridge. (See Replacing the  
Print Cartridge on page 183.)  
Some of the words  
on an incoming fax  
are stretched.  
The fax machine sending the fax had a temporary document jam.  
There are lines on  
the originals you  
sent.  
Check your scanner unit for contamination or debris and clean it. (See Cleaning the  
Machine on page 184.)  
The machine dials a  
number, but the  
connection with the  
other fax machine  
fails.  
The other fax machine may be turned off, out of paper, or cannot answer  
incoming calls. Speak with the other machine operator and ask her/him to solve  
out the problem.  
Faxes do not store in  
memory.  
There may not be enough memory space to store the fax. If the display indicating  
the memory status shows, delete any faxes you no longer need from the memory,  
and then try to store the fax again.  
Call for service.  
Blank areas appear  
at the bottom of  
each page or on  
other pages, with a  
small strip of text at  
the top.  
You may have chosen the wrong paper settings in the user option setting. For  
details about paper settings refer to Setting Paper Size and Type on page 148.  
220  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Further Assistance  
Further Assistance  
For any additional help visit our customer web site at www.xerox.com or contact the Xerox Support  
Center quoting the machine serial number.  
Xerox Support Center  
If a fault cannot be resolved by following the display instructions, check Error Messages on page 198. If  
the difficulty persists, contact the Xerox Support Center. The Xerox Support Center will want to know  
the nature of the problem, the machine serial number, the fault code (if any) plus the name and  
location of your company.  
Locating the Serial Number  
Locate the machine’s serial number by taking the following steps:  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Machine Information and press OK.  
3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Serial Number and write down your machine’s serial  
number.  
4. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.  
The serial number is also located on the inside of the front door on the machine.  
Printing a Machine Report  
You can print the machine's information and job report.  
1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.  
2. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Information Pages and press OK.  
3. To print all reports and lists, select All Pages and press OK. Press the left/right arrows to highlight  
Yes at the Print? prompt and press OK.  
You can use CentreWare Internet Services to print the machine's configuration report or browse the  
status. Open a web browser at the networked computer and type the machine's IP address. When  
CentreWare Internet Services opens, click Information > Print Information.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
221  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Further Assistance  
222  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Specifications  
12  
This chapter includes:  
Machine Specifications on page 224  
Electrical Specifications on page 227  
Feature Specifications on page 228  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
223  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Machine Specifications  
Machine Specifications  
Machine Configurations  
Feature  
WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI  
WorkCentre 3315DN  
Hardware Configuration  
Processor  
Processor  
Duplex Automatic Document Feeder  
Paper Tray 1 and Bypass Tray  
Optional Paper Tray 2  
Automatic Document Feeder  
Paper Tray 1 and Bypass Tray  
Optional Paper Tray 2  
Machine Size  
(width x depth x height)  
16.7 x 16.6 x 16.4 inches  
(424 x 422 x 417 mm)  
18.5 x 18 x 17.6 inches  
(469 x 458 x 447 mm)  
Machine Weight  
36.49 lbs (16.55 kg)  
31.7 lbs (14.37 kg)  
Net (with consumables)  
Access  
From the front and back  
From the front and back  
Speed: Simplex  
Up to 37 ppm on Letter  
Up to 35 ppm on A4  
Up to 33 ppm on Letter  
Up to 31 ppm on A4  
Speed: Duplex  
Up to 18 ppm on Letter  
Up to 17 ppm on A4  
Up to 16 ppm on Letter  
Up to 15 ppm on A4  
First Copy Out Time  
Less than 10 seconds from document  
glass  
Less than 12 seconds from document  
glass  
From Power Save: 14.0 seconds  
From Power Save: 14.5 seconds  
Warm Up Time  
Cold Start: Ready to copy in 35 seconds Cold Start: Ready to copy in 35 secs  
From Power Save: Ready to copy as fast From Power Save: Ready to copy as fast  
as 13 seconds  
as 13 seconds  
224  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
Machine Specifications  
Media Specifications  
Paper Trays 1 and 2 (Optional)  
Feature  
Capacity: Paper Tray 1  
Capacity: Paper Tray 2 (Optional)  
Paper Weights  
Specification  
250 sheets 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond paper  
520 sheets 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond paper  
16 - 43 lb (60 to 163 g/m²)  
Paper Sizes  
Length: min 8.3 - max 14 inches (210 - 356 mm)  
Width: min: 4.13” max 8.5 inches (105 - 216 mm)  
8.5 x 11 inches  
8.5 x 14 inches  
8.5 x 13 inches  
ISO B5 (176 x 250mm)  
JIS B5 (182 x 257mm)  
Oficio  
A4  
A5  
A6  
Executive 7.25 x 10.5 inches(184.2 x 266.7mm)  
Custom  
Bypass Tray  
Feature  
Specification  
Capacity  
50 sheets 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond paper  
5 sheets transparencies  
5 envelopes  
Paper Weights  
Paper Range  
16 - 58 lb (60 to 220 g/m²)  
Length min 5.0 - max 14 inches (127 - 356 mm)  
Width min 3.0 - max 8.5 inches (76.2 - 216 mm)  
Note: The paper stack height must not exceed 0.4 inches (10 mm).  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
225  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Machine Specifications  
Duplex Unit  
Feature  
Specification  
Paper Weights  
Paper Sizes  
16 - 32 lb (60 to 120 g/m²)  
A4, Letter, Oficio, Folio, Legal  
Paper Types  
Plain Paper, Thin, Thick, Recycled, Bond  
Automatic Document Feeder  
Feature  
WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI  
WorkCentre 3315DN  
Capacity  
50 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond  
paper  
50 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond  
paper  
Paper Weights  
Paper Sizes  
12.5 - 28 lb (50 to 120 g/m²)  
16 - 28 lb (60 to 120 g/m²)  
Width: 5.6 - 8.5 inches (142 -  
216mm)  
Width: 5.6 - 8.5 inches  
(142 - 216mm)  
Length: 5.8 - 14.0 inches (148 -  
356mm)  
Length: 5.8 - 14.0 inches  
(148 - 356mm)  
2 sided Document Scanning  
Yes (Reversing)  
No  
Automatic Document Feeder 1-1: 35 ppm  
1-1: 31 ppm  
1-2: 15 ppm  
Speed (A4)  
1-2: 17 ppm  
2-2 collated: 13 ppm  
Output Modules  
Output Tray  
Feature  
Specification  
Capacity  
150 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) bond paper  
226  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Electrical Specifications  
Electrical Specifications  
Feature  
Specification  
Frequency  
50/60 Hz  
Electrical Voltage  
Average Power Consumption  
110 - 127 VAC & 220 - 240 VAC  
Power Save mode: Less than 8 Watts  
Stand By mode: Less than 50 Watts  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
227  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Feature Specifications  
Feature Specifications  
Fax Feature  
Feature  
Specification  
Fax Transmission Speed  
Telephone Line Type  
33.6 Kbps  
Standard public analogue switched telephone line or equivalent  
Communication Standard  
Maximum Resolution Capability  
Standard Fax Memory  
Super G3, IYU G3  
300 x 300 dpi  
WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI: 50MB  
WorkCentre 3315DN: 5 MB  
Effective Scanning Width  
Maximum Print Width  
Connection Approvals  
8.2 inches (208 mm)  
8.5 inches (216 mm)  
EU/EEA: certified to TBR21  
USA: approved to FCC Pt 68  
Canada: approved to DOC CS-03  
Other countries: certified to national PTT standards  
Print Feature  
Feature  
Specification  
Compatibility  
Speed  
Windows PC / MAC / Linux  
35 ppm one-sided (Letter) / 33 ppm (A4)  
18 ppm two-sided (Letter) / 17 ppm (A4)  
Maximum Print Area  
Print Resolution  
Yield  
8.5 x 14 inches US Legal (216 mm x 356 mm)  
Up to 1200 x 1200 effective output  
11000 prints  
Prints from the Print Cartridge supplied with the machine:  
WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI: 5000  
WorkCentre 3315DN: 2300  
Maximum Resolution  
300 x 300 dpi  
Standard Printer Memory  
WorkCentre 3325DN / 3325DNI: 512 MB  
WorkCentre 3315DN: 256 MB  
PDL / PCL  
PCL5e, PCL6, Postscript 3, PDF1.4, Single-TIFF  
228  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Feature Specifications  
Scan Feature  
Feature  
Specification  
Maximum Document Width  
Effective Scan Width  
Maximum Resolution  
TWAIN / ISIS Compatible  
Image Compression  
Scan Mode  
8.5 inches (216 mm)  
8.2 inches (208 mm)  
600 x 600 dpi  
TWAIN / WIA  
MH, MMR, LZW, JPEG  
Mono Text, Mono Photo and True Color  
256 levels  
Grayscale  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
229  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Feature Specifications  
230  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Safety  
13  
This chapter includes:  
Notices and Safety on page 232  
Safety Labels and Symbols on page 233  
Operational Safety Information on page 234  
Basic Regulations on page 238  
Copy Regulations on page 242  
Fax Regulations on page 245  
Material Safety Data on page 248  
Product Recycling and Disposal on page 249  
Energy Program Compliance on page 251  
Environment, Health and Safety (EH&S) Contact Information on page 252  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
231  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Notices and Safety  
Notices and Safety  
Please read the following instructions carefully before operating the machine. Refer to them as needed  
to ensure the continued safe operation of your machine.  
Your Xerox machine and supplies have been designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements.  
These include safety agency evaluation and certification, and compliance with electromagnetic  
regulations and established environmental standards.  
The safety and environment testing and performance of this machine have been verified using Xerox  
materials only.  
WARNING: Unauthorized alterations, which may include the addition of new functions or  
connection of external machines, may impact the machine certification. Please contact your  
Xerox representative for more information.  
232  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Safety Labels and Symbols  
Safety Labels and Symbols  
All warnings and instructions marked on or supplied with the machine should be followed.  
This WARNING alerts users to areas of the machine where there is the possibility of personal  
injury.  
This WARNING alerts users to areas of the machine where there are heated surfaces, which  
should not be touched.  
This WARNING alerts users not to perform unauthorized actions that may result in hazardous  
light exposure.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
233  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Operational Safety Information  
Operational Safety Information  
Your Xerox machine and supplies have been designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements.  
These include safety agency examination, approval, and compliance with established environmental  
standards. To ensure the continued safe operation of your Xerox machine, follow these safety  
guidelines at all times:  
Electrical Supply  
This section provides important electrical supply safety information that you should read before  
installing or using the device.  
Read the information in the following sections:  
Power Outlet Electrical Safety on page 234  
Power Cord Electrical Safety on page 234  
Laser Safety Information on page 235  
Device Safety on page 235  
Emergency Power Off on page 236  
Disconnect Device on page 236  
Power Outlet Electrical Safety  
This device must be operated from the type of electrical supply indicated on the data plate label  
located on the rear cover of the device. If you are not sure that your electrical supply meets the  
requirements, please consult your local power company or a licensed electrician for advice.  
The electrical supply outlet should be installed near the device and should be easily accessible.  
WARNING: This device must be connected to a protective earth circuit. This device is supplied  
with a plug that has a protective earth pin. This plug will only fit into an earthed electrical outlet.  
This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug into the outlet, contact a licensed  
electrician to replace the outlet. Always connect the device to a correctly grounded power outlet.  
If in doubt, have the outlet checked by a qualified electrician. Improper connection of the  
device-grounding conductor can result in electrical shock.  
Power Cord Electrical Safety  
Use only the power cord supplied with this device.  
Plug the power cord directly into a grounded electrical outlet. Do not use an extension cord. If you  
do not know whether or not an outlet is grounded, consult a qualified electrician.  
Do not place this device where people might step on or trip on the power cord.  
Do not place objects on the power cord.  
234  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Operational Safety Information  
Laser Safety Information  
WARNING: Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified  
herein may result in hazardous light exposure.  
With specific regard to laser safety, the device complies with performance standards for laser products  
set by government, national and international agencies as a Class 1 laser product. It does not emit  
hazardous light, as the beam is totally enclosed during all phases of customer operation and  
maintenance.  
Device Safety  
This device has been designed to provide operator access to safe areas only. Operator access to  
hazardous areas is restricted using covers or guards, which require a tool to enable removal. Never  
remove the covers or guards that protect hazardous areas.  
Device Safety - Do These  
Always follow all warnings and instructions that are marked on or supplied with the device.  
Before cleaning this device, unplug the device from the electrical outlet. Always use materials  
specifically designated for this device, the use of other materials may result in poor performance  
and create a hazardous situation.  
Always exercise care when moving or relocating the device. Please contact your local Xerox dealer  
to arrange relocation of the device to a location outside of your building.  
Always locate the device on a solid support surface (not on plush carpet) that has adequate  
strength to support the weight of the machine.  
Always locate the device in an area that has adequate ventilation and room for servicing.  
Always unplug this device from the electrical outlet before cleaning.  
Note: Your Xerox device is equipped with an energy saving function to conserve power when the  
device is not in use. The device may be left on continuously.  
Device Safety - Do Not Do These  
WARNING: Do not use aerosol cleaners. Aerosol cleaners can be explosive or flammable when  
used on electromechanical equipment.  
Never use a ground adapter plug to connect the device to a power outlet that lacks a ground  
connection terminal.  
Never attempt any maintenance function that is not specifically described in this documentation.  
Never obstruct ventilation openings. They are provided to prevent overheating.  
Never remove covers or guards that are fastened with screws. There are no operator serviceable  
areas within these covers.  
Never locate the machine near a radiator or any other heat source.  
Never push objects of any kind into the ventilation openings.  
Never override or “cheat” any of the electrical or mechanical interlock devices.  
Never place this device where people might step on or trip on the power cord.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
235  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Operational Safety Information  
This device should not be placed in a room unless proper ventilation is provided.  
Please contact your local Authorized dealer for further information.  
Emergency Power Off  
If any of the following conditions occur, turn off the device immediately and disconnect the power  
cable(s) from the electrical outlet(s). Contact an authorized Xerox Service Representative to correct the  
problem:  
The device emits unusual odors or makes unusual noises.  
The power cable is damaged or frayed.  
A wall panel circuit breaker, fuse, or other safety device has been tripped.  
Liquid is spilled into the machine.  
The machine is exposed to water or another liquid  
Any part of the device is damaged.  
Disconnect Device  
The power cable is the disconnect device for this device. It is attached to the back of the machine as a  
plug-in device. To remove all electrical power from the device, disconnect the power cable from the  
electrical outlet.  
Ozone Safety Information  
This device will produce ozone during normal operation. The ozone produced is heavier than air and is  
dependent on copy volume. Providing the correct environmental parameters as specified in the Xerox  
installation procedure will ensure that the concentration levels meet safe limits.  
If you need additional information about ozone, please request the Xerox publication Ozone by calling  
1-800-828-6571 in the United States and Canada. In other markets please contact your authorized  
local dealer or Service Provider.  
Maintenance Information  
WARNING: Do not use aerosol cleaners. Aerosol cleaners can be explosive or flammable when  
used on electromechanical equipment.  
Any operator device maintenance procedures will be described in the user documentation  
supplied with the device.  
Do not carry out any maintenance on this device which is not described in the customer  
documentation.  
Use supplies and cleaning materials only as directed in the user documentation.  
Do not remove covers or guards that are fastened with screws. There are no parts behind these  
covers that you can maintain or service.  
236  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Operational Safety Information  
Consumables Information  
Store all consumables in accordance with the instructions given on the package or container.  
Keep all consumables away from the reach of children.  
Never throw toner, print cartridges or toner containers into an open flame.  
Product Safety Certification  
This device is certified by the following Agency using the Safety standards listed.  
Agency  
Standard  
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.  
UL60950-1 2nd Edition (USA/Canada)  
IEC/EN60950-1 2nd Edition  
This device has been manufactured under a registered ISO9001 Quality system.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
237  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Basic Regulations  
Basic Regulations  
Xerox has tested this device to electromagnetic emission and immunity standards. These standards are  
designed to mitigate interference caused or received by this device in a typical office environment.  
United States (FCC Regulations)  
This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to  
Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful  
interference in a commercial environment. This device generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency  
energy. If it is not installed and used in accordance with these instructions, it may cause harmful  
interference to radio communications. Operation of this device in a residential area is likely to cause  
harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his/her own  
expense.  
If this device does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined  
by turning the device off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or  
more of the following measures:  
Reorient or relocate the receiver.  
Increase the separation between the device and receiver.  
Connect the device into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is  
connected.  
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help.  
Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by Xerox could void the user's authority to  
operate the device. To ensure compliance with Part 15 of the FCC rules, use shielded interface cables.  
Regulatory information for 2.4 Ghz Wireless LAN Module  
This product contains a 2.4 Ghz Wireless LAN radio transmitter module which complies with the  
requirements specified in FCC Part 15, Industry Canada RSS-210 and European Council Directive  
99/5/EC.  
Operation of this device is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause  
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference  
that may cause undesired operation.  
Changes or modifications to this device not specifically approved by the Xerox Corporation may void  
the user's authority to operate this equipment.  
Canada (Regulations)  
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.  
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.  
238  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Basic Regulations  
European Union  
WARNING: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this device may cause radio  
interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.  
The CE mark applied to this device symbolizes Xerox’s declaration of conformity with the  
following applicable Directives of the European Union as of the dates indicated:  
December 12, 2006: Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC. Approximation of the laws of the  
member states related to low voltage equipment.  
December 15, 2004: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004/108/EC. Approximation of the  
laws of the member states related to electromagnetic compatibility.  
March 9, 1999: Radio & Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive 1999/5/EC.  
This device, if used properly in accordance with the user's instructions, is neither dangerous for the  
consumer nor for the environment.  
To ensure compliance with European Union regulations, use shielded interface cables.  
A signed copy of the Declaration of Conformity for this device can be obtained from Xerox.  
European Union Lot 4 Imaging Equipment Agreement Environmental  
Information  
Environmental Information Providing Environmental Solutions and Reducing Cost  
Introduction  
The following information has been developed to assist users and has been issued in relation to the  
European Union (EU) Energy Related Products Directive, specifically the Lot 4 study on Imaging  
Equipment. This requires manufacturers to improve environmental performance of in scope products  
and supports the EU action plan on energy efficiency.  
In scope products are Household and Office equipment that meet the following criteria.  
Standard monochrome format products with a maximum speed less than 66 A4 images per  
minute  
Standard color format products with a maximum speed less than 51 A4 images per minute  
Environmental Benefits of Duplex Printing  
Most Xerox products have duplex printing, also known as 2-sided printing, capability. This enables you  
to print on both sides of the paper automatically, and therefore helps to reduce the use of valuable  
resources by reducing your paper consumption. The Lot 4 Imaging Equipment agreement requires that  
on models greater than or equal to 40 ppm color or greater than or equal to 45 ppm monochrome the  
duplex function has been auto enabled, during the setup and driver installation. Some Xerox models  
below these speed bands may also be enabled with 2-sided printing settings defaulted on at the time  
of install. Continuing to use the duplex function will reduce the environmental impact of your work.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
239  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Basic Regulations  
However, should you require simplex/1-sided printing, you may change the print settings in the printer  
driver.  
Paper Types  
This product can be used to print an both recycled and virgin paper, approved to an environmental  
stewardship scheme, which complies with EN1 2281 or a similar quality standard. Lighter weight paper  
(60 g/m2), which contains less raw material and thus save resources per print, may be used in certain  
applications. We encourage you to check if this is suitable for your printing needs.  
240  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Basic Regulations  
ENERGY STAR  
Power Consumption and Activation Time  
The amount of electricity a product consumes depends an the way the device is used. This product is  
designed and configured to enable you to reduce your electricity costs. After the last print it switches to  
Ready mode. In this mode it can print again immediately if required. If the product is not used for a  
period of time, the device switches to a Power Save Mode. In these modes, only essential functions  
remain active in order to enable reduced product power consumption.  
Upon exiting from Power Save Mode, the first print will take slightly longer than in Ready mode. This  
delay is the result of the system "waking up" from Power Save mode and is typical of most imaging  
products on the market.  
If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save  
Mode, please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer  
period of time or not at all.  
To learn more about Xerox participation in sustainability initiatives, please visit our website at:  
www.xerox.com/about-xerox/environment/enus.html  
Germany  
Blendschutz  
Das Gerät ist nicht für die Benutzung im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz  
vorgesehen. Um störende Reflexionen am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz zu vermeiden, darf dieses Produkt  
nicht im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld platziert werden.  
Larmemission  
Maschinenlärminformatians-Verordnung3 . GPSGV: Der höchste Schalldruckpegel beträgt 70 dB(A)  
oder weniger gemäß EN I S 0 7779.  
Importeur  
Deutschland  
Xerox GmbH  
Hellersbergstraße 2-4  
41460 Neuss  
Turkey RoHS Regulation  
In compliance with Article 7 (d). We hereby certify:  
"It is compliant with the EEE Regulation."  
"EEE yönetmeliğine uygundur"  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
241  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Copy Regulations  
Copy Regulations  
United States  
Congress, by statute, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain  
circumstances. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such  
reproductions.  
1. Obligations or Securities of the United States Government, such as:  
Certificates of Indebtedness  
National Bank Currency  
Coupons from Bonds  
Federal Reserve Bank Notes  
Silver Certificates  
Gold Certificates  
United States Bonds  
Treasury Notes  
Federal Reserve Notes  
Fractional Notes  
Certificates of Deposit  
Paper Money  
Bonds and Obligations of certain agencies of the government, such as FHA, etc.  
Bonds (U.S. Savings Bonds may be photographed only for publicity purposes in connection  
with the campaign for the sale of such bonds.)  
Internal Revenue Stamps. If it is necessary to reproduce a legal document on which there is a  
canceled revenue stamp, this may be done provided the reproduction of the document is  
performed for lawful purposes.  
Postage Stamps, canceled or uncanceled. For philatelic purposes, Postage Stamps may be  
photographed, provided the reproduction is in black and white and is less than 75% or more  
than 150% of the linear dimensions of the original.  
Postal Money Orders.  
Bills, Checks, or Draft of money drawn by or upon authorized officers of the United States.  
Stamps and other representatives of value, of whatever denomination, which have been or  
may be issued under any Act of Congress.  
2. Adjusted Compensation Certificates for Veterans of the World Wars.  
3. Obligations or Securities of any Foreign Government, Bank, or Corporation.  
4. Copyrighted materials, unless permission of the copyright owner has been obtained or the  
reproduction falls within the “fair use” or library reproduction rights provisions of the copyright  
law.  
Further information of these provisions may be obtained from the Copyright Office, Library of  
Congress, Washington, D.C. 20559. Ask for Circular R21.5.  
5. Certificate of Citizenship or Naturalization. Foreign Naturalization Certificates may be  
photographed.  
242  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Copy Regulations  
6. Passports. Foreign Passports may be photographed.  
7. Immigration papers.  
8. Draft Registration Cards.  
9. Selective Service Induction papers that bear any of the following Registrant’s information:  
Earnings or Income  
Court Record  
Physical or mental condition  
Dependency Status  
Previous military service  
Exception: United States military discharge certificates may be photographed.  
10. Badges, Identification Cards, Passes, or Insignia carried by military personnel, or by members of  
the various Federal Departments, such as FBI, Treasure, etc. (Unless photograph is ordered by the  
head of such department or bureau.)  
Reproducing the following is also prohibited in certain states:  
Automobile Licenses  
Drivers’ Licenses  
Automobile Certificates of Title  
The above list is not all inclusive, and no liability is assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of  
doubt, consult your attorney.  
Canada  
This device has been tested to and is compliant with CS03 Issue 9 Amendments 1, 2, and 3.  
Parliament, by stature, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain  
circumstances. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such  
reproductions.  
1. Current bank notes or current paper money.  
2. Obligations or securities of a government or bank.  
3. Exchequer bill paper or revenue paper.  
4. The public seal of Canada or of a province, or the seal of a public body or authority in Canada, or  
of a court of law.  
5. Proclamations, orders, regulations or appointments, or notices thereof (with intent to falsely cause  
same to purport to have been printed by the Queens Printer for Canada, or the equivalent printer  
for a province).  
6. Marks, brands, seals, wrappers or designs used by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of  
a province, the government of a state other than Canada or a department, board, Commission or  
agency established by the Government of Canada or of a province or of a government of a state  
other than Canada.  
7. Impressed or adhesive stamps used for the purpose of revenue by the Government of Canada or  
of a province or by the government of a state other than Canada.  
8. Documents, registers or records kept by public officials charged with the duty of making or issuing  
certified copies thereof, where the copy falsely purports to be a certified copy thereof.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
243  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Copy Regulations  
9. Copyrighted material or trademarks of any manner or kind without the consent of the copyright  
or trademark owner.  
The above list is provided for your convenience and assistance, but it is not all-inclusive, and no liability  
is assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, consult your solicitor.  
Other Countries  
Copying certain documents may be illegal in your country. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be  
imposed on those found guilty of making such reproductions:  
Currency notes  
Bank notes and cheques  
Bank and government bonds and securities  
Passports and identification cards  
Copyright material or trademarks without the consent of the owner  
Postage stamps and other negotiable instruments  
This list is not inclusive and no liability is assumed for either its completeness or accuracy. In case of  
doubt, contact your legal counsel.  
244  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Fax Regulations  
Fax Regulations  
United States  
This device has been tested to and is compliant with FCC part 68, TIA-968-A and TIA-968-B.  
Fax Send Header Requirements  
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or  
other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly  
contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the  
transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity, or other  
individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business,  
other entity or individual. The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other  
number for which charges exceed local or long distance transmission charges. In order to program this  
information into your machine, refer to Machine Settings on page 170 for instructions.  
Data Coupler Information  
This device complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the Administrative  
Council for Terminal Attachments (ACTA). On the cover of this device is a label that contains, among  
other information, a device identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number  
must be provided to the Telephone Company. A plug and jack used to connect this device to the  
premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and  
requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this  
device. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See  
installation instructions for details.  
You may safely connect the machine to the following standard modular jack: USOC RJ-11C using the  
compliant telephone line cord (with modular plugs) provided with the installation kit. See installation  
instructions for details. To order the correct service from the local telephone company, you may also  
have to quote the codes listed below:  
Facility Interface Code (FIC) = 02LS2  
Service Order Code (SOC) = 9.0Y  
WARNING: Ask your local telephone company for the modular jack type installed on your line.  
Connecting this machine to an unauthorized jack can damage telephone company equipment.  
You assume all responsibility and/or liability for any damage caused by the connection of this  
machine to an unauthorized jack.  
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) is used to determine the number of devices that may be  
connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing  
in response to an incoming call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0).  
To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total  
RENs, contact the local Telephone Company. The REN for this device is part of the device identifier that  
has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point  
(e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3).  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
245  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Fax Regulations  
If this Xerox device causes harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company will notify you in  
advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But if advance notice is not  
practical, the Telephone Company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised  
of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary.  
The Telephone Company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations or procedures that  
could affect the operation of the device. If this happens, the Telephone Company will provide advance  
notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.  
If trouble is experienced with this Xerox device, for repair or warranty information, please contact the  
appropriate service center; details of which are displayed either on the machine or contained within  
the User Guide. If the device is causing harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company may  
request that you disconnect the device until the problem is resolved.  
Repairs to the machine should be made only by a Xerox Service Representative or an authorized Xerox  
Service provider. This applies at any time during or after the service warranty period. If unauthorized  
repair is performed, the remainder of the warranty period is null and void.  
This device must not be used on party lines. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs.  
Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission or corporation commission for  
information.  
If your office has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, make sure that the  
installation of this Xerox device does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about  
what will disable alarm equipment, consult your Telephone Company or a qualified installer.  
Canada  
This device has been tested to and is compliant with CS03 Issue 9 Amendments 1, 2, and 3.  
This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications.  
Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier.  
Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this device, or device malfunctions, may give the  
telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the device.  
Users should make sure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power  
utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe systems, if present, are connected together.  
This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas.  
CAUTION: Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should contact  
the appropriate electric inspection authority, or electrician, as appropriate.  
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the  
maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on  
an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum  
of the Ringer Equivalent Numbers of all of the devices does not exceed 5. For the Canadian REN value,  
please see the label on the device.  
246  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Fax Regulations  
Europe  
Radio Equipment & Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive  
The Facsimile has been approved in accordance with the Council Decision 1999/5/EC for pan-European  
single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However, due to  
differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of  
itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network terminal point.  
In the event of a problem you should contact your authorized local dealer in the first instance.  
This device has been tested to and is compliant with ES203 021-1, 2 and 3 and is compliant with  
R&TTE 1999/5/EC., a specification for terminal equipment for use on analogue-switched telephone  
networks in the European Economic Area. Country codes should be set prior to connecting this device  
to the network.  
Note: Although this device can use either loop disconnect (pulse) or DTMF (tone) signaling, it is  
recommended that it is set to use DTMF signaling. DTMF signaling provides reliable and faster call  
setup. Modification of this device, connection to external control software or to external control  
apparatus not authorized by Xerox, will invalidate its certification.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
247  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Material Safety Data  
Material Safety Data  
For Material Safety Data information regarding your printer, go to:  
North America: www.xerox.com/msds  
European Union: www.xerox.com/environment_europe  
For the Customer Support Center phone numbers, go to www.xerox.com/office/worldcontacts  
248  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Product Recycling and Disposal  
Product Recycling and Disposal  
USA & Canada  
Xerox operates a worldwide equipment take back and reuse/recycle program. Contact your Xerox sales  
representative (1-800-ASK-XEROX) to determine whether this Xerox device is part of the program. For  
more information about Xerox environmental programs, visit www.xerox.com/environment.html.  
If you are managing the disposal of your Xerox device, please note that the device may contain lead,  
mercury, Perchlorate, and other materials whose disposal may be regulated due to environmental  
considerations. The presence of these materials is fully consistent with global regulations applicable at  
the time that the device was placed on the market. For recycling and disposal information, contact  
your local authorities. In the United States, you may also refer to the Electronic Industries Alliance web  
site: http://www.eiae.org/.  
European Union  
WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC  
Product Recycling and Disposal (EU Professional/Business Environment)  
Application of this symbol on your equipment is confirmation that you must dispose of this  
equipment in compliance with agreed national procedures. In accordance with European  
legislation, end of life electrical and electronic equipment subject to disposal must be  
managed within agreed procedures.  
(EU Battery Directive)  
These symbols on the products, and/or accompanying documents mean that used  
electrical and electronic products and batteries should not be mixed with general  
household waste.  
For proper treatment, recovery and recycling of old products and used batteries, please take them to  
applicable collection points, in accordance with your national legislation and the Directive 2002/96/EC  
and 2006/66/EC.  
By disposing of these products and batteries correctly, you will help to save valuable resources and  
prevent any potential negative effects on human health and the environment which could otherwise  
arise from inappropriate waste handling.  
For more information about collection and recycling of old products and batteries, please contact your  
local municipality, your waste disposal service or the point of sale where you purchased the items.  
Penalties may be applicable for incorrect disposal of this waste, in accordance with national legislation.  
For Business Users in the European Union  
If you wish to discard electrical and electronic equipment, please contact your dealer or supplier for  
further information.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
249  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Product Recycling and Disposal  
Information on disposal in other countries outside the European Union  
These symbols are only valid in the European Union. If you wish to discard these items, please contact  
your local authorities or dealer and ask for the correct method of disposal.  
Note for the Battery Symbol  
This wheeled bin symbol may be used in combination with a chemical symbol. This  
establishes compliance with the requirements set out by the Directive.  
250  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Energy Program Compliance  
Energy Program Compliance  
All Markets  
ENERGY STAR  
The ENERGY STAR program is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of  
energy efficient models, which help to reduce environmental impact. Details on the ENERGY STAR  
program and models qualified to ENERGY STAR can be found at the following website:  
www.energystar.gov/index.cfm?fuseaction=find_a_product.showProductGroup&pgw_code=IEQ  
As an ENERGY STAR® partner, Xerox Corporation has determined that this device meets the ENERGY  
STAR guidelines for energy efficiency.  
The ENERGY STAR and ENERGY STAR MARK are registered United States trademarks.  
The ENERGY STAR Office Equipment Program is a team effort between U.S., European  
Union and Japanese governments and the office equipment industry to promote  
energy-efficient copiers, printers, fax, multifunction machines, personal computers, and  
monitors. Reducing device energy consumption helps combat smog, acid rain and  
long-term changes to the climate by decreasing the emissions that result from  
generating electricity.  
Xerox ENERGY STAR equipment is preset at the factory, to switch to Power Save Mode after a preset  
time following the last copy/print out. The default time set for the Xerox WorkCentre  
3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI is 1 minute. A more detailed description of this feature can be found in the  
User Guide. Refer to Machine Settings on page 170 for instructions on how to change the Power Save  
setting.  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
251  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Environment, Health and Safety (EH&S) Contact Information  
Environment, Health and Safety (EH&S) Contact  
Information  
For more information on Environment, Health, and Safety in relation to this Xerox device and supplies,  
please contact the following customer help lines:  
USA: 1-800 828-6571  
Canada: 1-800 828-6571  
Europe: +44 1707 353 434  
Device safety information is also available on the Xerox website:  
www.xerox.com/about-xerox/environment  
252  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Index  
Extension, 8  
Width Guides, 8  
2 sided Printing, 105  
2 Up, 4 Up, 37, 39  
Add Pages to a Delayed Fax, 81  
Characters, 14  
Clock Mode, 170  
Jams, 190  
Specifications, 226  
PostScript, 208  
Windows, 209  
Basic Regulations, 238  
Basic Tab, 103  
Configuration  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
253  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
System Setup, 28, 170  
DRPD Mode, 91, 168  
Duplex Unit, 9  
Storage and Handling, 182  
CVT Glass, 29  
Deactivating Fax Forward, 84  
Output Color, 68  
Clear Settings, 176  
Copy, 27, 159  
Printing the Address Book, 70  
254  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
European Union Regulations, 239  
Extension Telephone Socket, 9  
Fax Sending Setups, 166  
Auto Report, 169  
Fax Specifications, 228  
Cancel a Job in Memory, 79  
Confirmation, 77  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
255  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FCC Regulations, 238  
Internal Areas, 186  
Copy, 33  
Interrupt button, 13  
Interrupt Printing button, 12  
FTP, 45  
Further Assistance, 30, 221  
Job Status button, 12  
Linux, 60  
Getting Started, 7  
Jobs, CentreWare Internet Services, 134  
Keypad Characters, 14  
Keypad Dial, 76  
Delete, 140  
Registering a Group Dial Number, 87  
Bypass Tray, 145  
Help, 30, 221  
Home Page, CentreWare Internet Services, 132  
Inserting the USB Memory Device, 126  
Inside the Machine, 196  
Envelopes, 146  
256  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Local Scanning, 45, 47  
Locating the Serial Number, 221  
Moving the Machine, 187  
Multi Send, 79, 80  
Numeric keys, 13  
N-up printing, 118  
Operational Safety Information, 234  
Scanning with USB Connection, 58  
Output Color, 53, 68  
Output Module Specifications, 226  
Macintosh Problems, 212  
Maintenance, 175, 182, 236  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
257  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Output Tray Support, 8  
Scanning, 46  
Overview of your Machine, 8  
Paper Settings, 173  
Paper Supply  
Power Switch, 9  
Preparing Paper for Loading, 144  
Print, CentreWare Internet Services, 137  
Macintosh, 117  
Printer Software, 94  
258  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Priority Send, 79, 82  
Reports, 25, 157, 221  
Resolution, 53, 68, 78  
Product Safety Certification, 237  
Properties,CentreWare Internet Services, 141  
Quality Problems, 213  
Quantity, 34  
Scan Assistant, 55  
Scan to SMB, 49  
Receiving Secure Faxes, 85  
Redialing, 76  
Scan to USB, 48  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
259  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Scanning Problems, 218  
Trays 1 & 2, 225  
Sent Report, 25  
Status Menu, 154  
System Setup, 28, 170  
System Timeout, 171  
Toner Level, 25, 184  
Software, 16  
Solving Problems, 188  
Toner Replacement, 29, 182  
260  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Turkey RoHS Regulation, 241  
TWAIN, 45, 56  
United States (FCC Regulations), 238  
Using the Bypass Tray, 145  
Using the Machine, 7  
Viewing the USB Memory Status, 129  
WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC, 249  
Windows Problems, 209  
Wireless Setting Program, 114  
Xerox Support Center, 30, 221  
Xerox Tab, 112  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
261  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
262  
Xerox WorkCentre 3315DN/3325DN/3325DNI  
User Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Western Digital Computer Drive Computer Hard Drive User Manual
Whirlpool Clothes Dryer 3401086 User Manual
Whirlpool Clothes Dryer WGD9500TC1 User Manual
Williams Sound TV Converter Box WIR 237 User Manual
Windsor Carpet Cleaner ADM8IA 10080010 User Manual
Woods Equipment Brush Cutter HC48 User Manual
Xantrex Technology Power Supply 230 VAC 50 User Manual
Zanussi Dishwasher ZSF 4123 S User Manual
Zanussi Refrigerator ZCO 99 4 W User Manual
Zenoah Brush Cutter BC2602 EU User Manual